SemaDecl.cpp revision 251790
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880} 881 882// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910} 911 912void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917} 918 919void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924} 925 926/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928/// 929void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948#ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952#endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956} 957 958void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969} 970 971 972void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997} 998 999 1000void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006} 1007 1008 1009/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011/// 1012/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017/// attribute. 1018static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028} 1029 1030/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090} 1091 1092void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095} 1096 1097bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101} 1102 1103Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112} 1113 1114static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139} 1140 1141static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145} 1146 1147/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155} 1156 1157/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158/// @code 1159/// class S { 1160/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// }; 1163/// @endcode 1164static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175} 1176 1177// We need this to handle 1178// 1179// typedef struct { 1180// void *foo() { return 0; } 1181// } A; 1182// 1183// When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1184// for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1185// foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end 1186// of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. 1187// Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1188// not. 1189bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1190 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1191 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1192 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1193 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1194 return true; 1195 } 1196 DC = DC->getParent(); 1197 } 1198 1199 return !D->hasExternalLinkage(); 1200} 1201 1202bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1203 assert(D); 1204 1205 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1206 return false; 1207 1208 // Ignore class templates. 1209 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1210 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1211 return false; 1212 1213 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1214 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1218 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1219 return false; 1220 } else { 1221 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1222 // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration, 1223 // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized 1224 // static template functions. 1225 if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1226 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1227 return false; 1228 } 1229 1230 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1231 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1232 return false; 1233 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1234 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1235 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1236 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1237 // intended to be used. 1238 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1239 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1240 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1241 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1242 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1243 return false; 1244 1245 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1246 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1247 return false; 1248 1249 } else { 1250 return false; 1251 } 1252 1253 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1254 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1255} 1256 1257void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1258 if (!D) 1259 return; 1260 1261 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1262 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1263 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1264 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1265 } 1266 1267 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1268 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1269 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1270 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1271 } 1272 1273 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1274 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1275} 1276 1277static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1278 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1279 return false; 1280 1281 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1285 return true; 1286 1287 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1288 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1289 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1290 return false; 1291 1292 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1293 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1294 1295 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1296 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1297 1298 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1299 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1300 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 1304 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1305 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1306 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1307 return false; 1308 1309 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1310 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1311 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1312 return false; 1313 1314 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1315 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1316 return false; 1317 1318 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1319 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1320 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1321 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1322 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1323 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1324 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1325 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1326 return false; 1327 } 1328 } 1329 } 1330 } 1331 1332 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1333 } 1334 1335 return true; 1336} 1337 1338static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1339 FixItHint &Hint) { 1340 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1341 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1342 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1343 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1344 return; 1345 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1346 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1347 } 1348 return; 1349} 1350 1351/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1352/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1353void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1354 FixItHint Hint; 1355 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1356 return; 1357 1358 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1359 1360 unsigned DiagID; 1361 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1362 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1363 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1364 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1365 else 1366 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1367 1368 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1369} 1370 1371static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1372 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1373 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1374 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1375 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1376 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1377} 1378 1379void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1380 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1381 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1382 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1383 1384 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1385 I != E; ++I) { 1386 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1387 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1388 1389 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1390 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1391 1392 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1393 1394 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1395 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1396 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1397 1398 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1399 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1400 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1401 1402 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1403 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1404 } 1405} 1406 1407void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1408 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1409} 1410 1411void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1412 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1413 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1414} 1415 1416/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1417/// 1418/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1419/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1420/// to the fixed name. 1421/// 1422/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1423/// 1424/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1425/// if there is no class with the given name. 1426/// 1427/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1428/// class could not be found. 1429ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1430 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1431 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1432 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1433 // creation from this context. 1434 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1435 1436 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1437 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1438 // find an Objective-C class name. 1439 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1440 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1441 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1442 Validator)) { 1443 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1444 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1445 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1446 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1447 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1448 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1449 1450 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1451 } 1452 } 1453 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1454 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1455 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1456 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1457 return Def; 1458} 1459 1460/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1461/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1462/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1463/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1464/// ill-formed in C++: 1465/// @code 1466/// struct S6 { 1467/// enum { BAR } e; 1468/// }; 1469/// 1470/// void test_S6() { 1471/// struct S6 a; 1472/// a.e = BAR; 1473/// } 1474/// @endcode 1475/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1476/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1477/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1478/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1479/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1480/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1481/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1482/// contain non-field names. 1483Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1484 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1485 (S->getEntity() && 1486 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1487 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1488 S = S->getParent(); 1489 return S; 1490} 1491 1492/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1493/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1494/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1495/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1496static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1497 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1498 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1499 return; 1500 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1501 1502 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1503 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1504 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1505 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1506 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1507 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1508} 1509 1510/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1511/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1512/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1513/// built-in. 1514NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1515 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1516 SourceLocation Loc) { 1517 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1518 1519 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1520 1521 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1522 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1523 switch (Error) { 1524 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1525 // Okay 1526 break; 1527 1528 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1529 if (ForRedeclaration) 1530 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1531 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1532 return 0; 1533 1534 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1535 if (ForRedeclaration) 1536 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1537 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1538 return 0; 1539 1540 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1541 if (ForRedeclaration) 1542 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1543 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1544 return 0; 1545 } 1546 1547 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1548 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1549 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1550 << R; 1551 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1552 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1553 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1554 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1555 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1556 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1557 } 1558 1559 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1560 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1561 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1562 SC_Extern, 1563 false, 1564 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1565 New->setImplicit(); 1566 1567 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1568 // FunctionDecl. 1569 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1570 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1571 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1572 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1573 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1574 SourceLocation(), 0, 1575 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1576 SC_None, 0); 1577 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1578 Params.push_back(parm); 1579 } 1580 New->setParams(Params); 1581 } 1582 1583 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1584 1585 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1586 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1587 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1588 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1589 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1590 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1591 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1592 CurContext = SavedContext; 1593 return New; 1594} 1595 1596/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1597/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1598/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1599/// entity. 1600static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1601 NamedDecl *decl, 1602 LookupResult &previous){ 1603 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1604 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1605 return; 1606 1607 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1608 if (previous.empty()) 1609 return; 1610 1611 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1612 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1613 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1614 1615 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1616 if (!old->isHidden()) 1617 continue; 1618 1619 if (old->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 1620 filter.erase(); 1621 } 1622 1623 filter.done(); 1624} 1625 1626bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1627 QualType OldType; 1628 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1629 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1630 else 1631 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1632 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1633 1634 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1635 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1636 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1637 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1638 << Kind << NewType; 1639 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1640 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1641 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1642 return true; 1643 } 1644 1645 if (OldType != NewType && 1646 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1647 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1648 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1649 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1650 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1651 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1652 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1653 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1654 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1655 return true; 1656 } 1657 return false; 1658} 1659 1660/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1661/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1662/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1663/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1664/// 1665void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1666 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1667 // merging checks. 1668 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1669 1670 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1671 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1672 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1673 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1674 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1675 default: break; 1676 case 2: 1677 { 1678 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1679 break; 1680 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1681 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1682 break; 1683 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1684 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1685 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1686 break; 1687 } 1688 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1689 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1690 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1691 return; 1692 } 1693 case 5: 1694 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1695 break; 1696 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1697 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1698 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1699 return; 1700 case 3: 1701 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1702 break; 1703 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1704 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1705 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1706 return; 1707 } 1708 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1709 } 1710 1711 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1712 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1713 if (!Old) { 1714 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1715 << New->getDeclName(); 1716 1717 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1718 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1719 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1720 1721 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1722 } 1723 1724 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1725 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1726 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1727 1728 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1729 // with any extensions enabled. 1730 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1731 return; 1732 1733 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1734 // declaration was a typedef. 1735 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1736 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1737 1738 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1739 return; 1740 1741 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1742 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1743 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1744 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1745 // to the type to which it already refers. 1746 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1747 return; 1748 1749 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1750 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1751 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1752 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1753 // 1754 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1755 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1756 // 1757 // struct S { 1758 // typedef struct A { } A; 1759 // }; 1760 // 1761 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1762 // allow the above but disallow 1763 // 1764 // struct S { 1765 // typedef int I; 1766 // typedef int I; 1767 // }; 1768 // 1769 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1770 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1771 return; 1772 1773 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1774 << New->getDeclName(); 1775 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1776 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1777 } 1778 1779 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1780 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1781 return; 1782 1783 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1784 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1785 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1786 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1787 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1788 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1789 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1790 return; 1791 1792 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1793 << New->getDeclName(); 1794 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1795 return; 1796} 1797 1798/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1799/// attribute. 1800static bool 1801DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1802 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1803 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1804 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1805 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1806 if (AA) 1807 return false; 1808 1809 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1810 switch (A->getKind()) { 1811 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1812 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1813 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1814 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1815 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1816 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1817 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1818 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1819 case attr::GuardedBy: 1820 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1821 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1822 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1823 return false; 1824 default: 1825 ; 1826 } 1827 1828 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1829 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1830 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1831 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1832 if (Ann) { 1833 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1834 return true; 1835 continue; 1836 } 1837 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1838 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1839 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1840 return true; 1841 } 1842 1843 return false; 1844} 1845 1846static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1847 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1848 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1849 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1850 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1851 return true; 1852} 1853 1854/// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1855/// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1856/// 1857/// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1858static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1859 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1860 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1861 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1862 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1863 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1864 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1865 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1866 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1867 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1868 // in a case like: 1869 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1870 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1871 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1872 // definition in such a case. 1873 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1874 return false; 1875 1876 if (I->isAlignas()) 1877 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1878 1879 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1880 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1881 OldAlign = Align; 1882 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1883 } 1884 } 1885 1886 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1887 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1888 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1889 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1890 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1891 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1892 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1893 return false; 1894 1895 if (I->isAlignas()) 1896 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1897 1898 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1899 if (Align > NewAlign) 1900 NewAlign = Align; 1901 } 1902 1903 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1904 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1905 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1906 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1907 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1908 1909 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1910 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1911 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1912 QualType Ty; 1913 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1914 Ty = VD->getType(); 1915 else 1916 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1917 1918 if (OldAlign == 0) 1919 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1920 if (NewAlign == 0) 1921 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1922 } 1923 1924 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1925 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1926 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1927 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1928 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1929 } 1930 } 1931 1932 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1933 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1934 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1935 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1936 // equivalent alignment. 1937 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1938 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1939 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1940 // have no alignment specifier. 1941 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1942 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1943 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1944 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1945 } 1946 1947 bool AnyAdded = false; 1948 1949 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1950 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1951 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1952 Clone->setInherited(true); 1953 New->addAttr(Clone); 1954 AnyAdded = true; 1955 } 1956 1957 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1958 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1959 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1960 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1961 Clone->setInherited(true); 1962 New->addAttr(Clone); 1963 AnyAdded = true; 1964 } 1965 1966 return AnyAdded; 1967} 1968 1969static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1970 bool Override) { 1971 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1972 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1973 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1974 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1975 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1976 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1977 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1978 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1979 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1980 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1981 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1982 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1983 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1984 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1985 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1986 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1987 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1988 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1989 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1990 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1991 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1992 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1993 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1994 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1995 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1996 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1997 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1998 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1999 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2000 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2001 NewAttr = 0; 2002 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2003 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2004 2005 if (NewAttr) { 2006 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2007 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2008 return true; 2009 } 2010 2011 return false; 2012} 2013 2014static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2015 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2016 return TD->getDefinition(); 2017 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2018 return VD->getDefinition(); 2019 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2020 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2021 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 2022 return Def; 2023 } 2024 return NULL; 2025} 2026 2027static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2028 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2029 I != E; ++I) { 2030 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2031 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2032 return true; 2033 } 2034 return false; 2035} 2036 2037/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2038/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2039static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2040 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2041 return; 2042 2043 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2044 if (!Def || Def == New) 2045 return; 2046 2047 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2048 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2049 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2050 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2051 ++I; 2052 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2053 } 2054 2055 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2056 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2057 ++I; 2058 continue; 2059 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2060 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2061 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2062 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2063 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2064 // equivalent alignment. 2065 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2066 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2067 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2068 // have no alignment specifier. 2069 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2070 << AA->isC11(); 2071 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2072 << AA->isC11(); 2073 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2074 --E; 2075 continue; 2076 } 2077 } 2078 2079 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2080 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2081 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2082 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2083 --E; 2084 } 2085} 2086 2087/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2088void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2089 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2090 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2091 return; 2092 2093 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2094 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2095 2096 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2097 return; 2098 2099 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2100 2101 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2102 // we process them. 2103 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2104 2105 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2106 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2107 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2108 i != e; ++i) { 2109 bool Override = false; 2110 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2111 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2112 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2113 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2114 switch (AMK) { 2115 case AMK_None: 2116 continue; 2117 2118 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2119 break; 2120 2121 case AMK_Override: 2122 Override = true; 2123 break; 2124 } 2125 } 2126 2127 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2128 foundAny = true; 2129 } 2130 2131 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2132 foundAny = true; 2133 2134 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2135} 2136 2137/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2138/// to the new one. 2139static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2140 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2141 Sema &S) { 2142 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2143 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2144 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2145 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2146 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2147 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2148 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2149 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2150 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2151 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2152 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2153 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 2154 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2155 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2156 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2157 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2158 } 2159 2160 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2161 return; 2162 2163 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2164 2165 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2166 // done before we process them. 2167 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2168 2169 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2170 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2171 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2172 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2173 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2174 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2175 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2176 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2177 foundAny = true; 2178 } 2179 } 2180 2181 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2182} 2183 2184namespace { 2185 2186/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2187/// C. 2188struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2189 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2190 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2191 QualType PromotedType; 2192}; 2193 2194} 2195 2196/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2197Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2198 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2199 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2200 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2201 2202 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2203 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2204 2205 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2206 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2207 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2208 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2209 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2210 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2211 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2212 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2213 } 2214 2215 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2216} 2217 2218/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2219/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2220/// GNU89 mode. 2221static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2222 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2223 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2224 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2225 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2226 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2227} 2228 2229/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2230/// declaration? 2231static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2232 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2233 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2234 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2235 } else { 2236 // Free C function or a static method. 2237 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2238 } 2239 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2240} 2241 2242template <typename T> 2243static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2244 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2245 if (DC->isRecord()) 2246 return false; 2247 2248 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2249 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2250 return true; 2251 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2252 return true; 2253 return false; 2254} 2255 2256/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2257/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2258/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2259/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2260/// 2261/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2262/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2263/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2264/// merged with. 2265/// 2266/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2267bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2268 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2269 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2270 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2271 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2272 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2273 else 2274 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2275 if (!Old) { 2276 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2277 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2278 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2279 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2280 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2281 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2282 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2283 return true; 2284 } 2285 2286 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2287 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2288 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2289 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2290 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2291 return true; 2292 } 2293 2294 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2295 << New->getDeclName(); 2296 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2297 return true; 2298 } 2299 2300 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2301 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2302 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2303 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2304 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2305 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2306 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2307 else 2308 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2309 2310 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2311 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2312 2313 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2314 // is an extern inline function. 2315 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2316 // storage classes. 2317 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2318 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2319 isExternalLinkage(Old->getLinkage()) && 2320 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2321 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2322 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2323 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2324 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2325 } else { 2326 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2327 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2328 return true; 2329 } 2330 } 2331 2332 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2333 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2334 // calling convention of the first. 2335 // 2336 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2337 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2338 // 2339 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2340 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2341 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2342 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2343 // because it is the default calling convention. 2344 // 2345 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2346 // other tests to run. 2347 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2348 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2349 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2350 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2351 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2352 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2353 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2354 2355 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2356 // there but not here. 2357 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2358 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2359 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2360 2361 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2362 // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct 2363 // information about storage class of CXXMethod. 2364 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2365 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { 2366 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2367 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2368 2369 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2370 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2371 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2372 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2373 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2374 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2375 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2376 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2377 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2378 return true; 2379 } 2380 2381 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2382 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2383 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2384 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2385 } 2386 2387 // Merge regparm attribute. 2388 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2389 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2390 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2391 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2392 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2393 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2394 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2395 return true; 2396 } 2397 2398 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2399 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2400 } 2401 2402 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2403 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2404 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2405 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2406 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2407 return true; 2408 } 2409 2410 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2411 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2412 } 2413 2414 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2415 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2416 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2417 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2418 } 2419 2420 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2421 // UndefinedButUsed. 2422 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2423 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2424 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2425 Old->isUsed(false) && 2426 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2427 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2428 SourceLocation())); 2429 2430 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2431 // about it. 2432 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2433 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2434 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2435 } 2436 2437 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2438 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2439 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2440 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2441 // cannot be overloaded. 2442 2443 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2444 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p??: 2445 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2446 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2447 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2448 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2449 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2450 : OldType)->getResultType(); 2451 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2452 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2453 : NewType)->getResultType(); 2454 QualType ResQT; 2455 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType)) { 2456 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2457 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2458 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2459 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2460 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2461 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2462 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2463 else 2464 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2465 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2466 return true; 2467 } 2468 else 2469 NewQType = ResQT; 2470 } 2471 2472 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2473 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2474 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2475 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2476 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2477 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2478 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2479 New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2480 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2481 SubstAutoType(NewQType, OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2482 } 2483 } 2484 2485 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2486 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2487 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2488 // Preserve triviality. 2489 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2490 2491 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2492 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2493 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2494 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2495 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2496 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2497 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2498 2499 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2500 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2501 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2502 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2503 // is a static member function declaration. 2504 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2505 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2506 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2507 return true; 2508 } 2509 2510 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2511 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2512 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2513 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2514 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2515 unsigned NewDiag; 2516 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2517 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2518 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2519 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2520 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2521 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2522 else 2523 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2524 2525 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2526 } else { 2527 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2528 << New << New->getType(); 2529 } 2530 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2531 2532 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2533 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2534 // 2535 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2536 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2537 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2538 if (isFriend) { 2539 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2540 } else { 2541 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2542 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2543 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2544 return true; 2545 } 2546 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2547 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2548 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2549 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2550 return true; 2551 } 2552 } 2553 2554 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2555 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2556 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2557 // attribute. 2558 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2559 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2560 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2561 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2562 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2563 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2564 } 2565 2566 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2567 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2568 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2569 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2570 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2571 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2572 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2573 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2574 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2575 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2576 } 2577 2578 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2579 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2580 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2581 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2582 2583 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2584 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2585 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2586 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2587 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2588 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2589 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2590 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2591 } 2592 2593 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2594 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2595 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2596 return true; 2597 } 2598 2599 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2600 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2601 2602 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2603 } 2604 2605 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2606 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2607 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2608 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2609 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2610 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2611 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2612 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2613 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2614 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2615 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2616 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2617 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2618 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2619 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2620 ParamTypes, 2621 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2622 New->setType(NewQType); 2623 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2624 2625 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2626 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2627 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2628 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2629 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2630 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2631 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2632 SourceLocation(), 2633 SourceLocation(), 0, 2634 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2635 SC_None, 2636 0); 2637 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2638 Param->setImplicit(); 2639 Params.push_back(Param); 2640 } 2641 2642 New->setParams(Params); 2643 } 2644 2645 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2646 } 2647 2648 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2649 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2650 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2651 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2652 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2653 // the prototype. 2654 // 2655 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2656 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2657 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2658 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2659 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2660 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2661 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2662 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2663 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2664 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2665 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2666 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2667 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2668 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2669 2670 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2671 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2672 NewProto->getResultType()); 2673 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2674 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2675 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2676 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2677 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2678 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2679 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2680 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2681 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2682 NewParm->getType(), 2683 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2684 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2685 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2686 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2687 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2688 } else 2689 LooseCompatible = false; 2690 } 2691 2692 if (LooseCompatible) { 2693 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2694 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2695 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2696 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2697 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2698 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2699 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2700 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2701 } 2702 2703 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2704 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2705 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2706 } 2707 2708 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2709 } 2710 2711 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2712 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2713 2714 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2715 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2716 unsigned BuiltinID; 2717 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2718 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2719 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2720 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2721 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2722 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2723 << Old << Old->getType(); 2724 2725 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2726 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2727 // 2728 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2729 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2730 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2731 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2732 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2733 if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2734 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2735 2736 return false; 2737 } 2738 2739 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2740 } 2741 2742 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2743 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2744 return true; 2745} 2746 2747/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2748/// known to be compatible. 2749/// 2750/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2751/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2752/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2753/// redeclaration of Old. 2754/// 2755/// \returns false 2756bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2757 Scope *S) { 2758 // Merge the attributes 2759 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2760 2761 // Merge "pure" flag. 2762 if (Old->isPure()) 2763 New->setPure(); 2764 2765 // Merge "used" flag. 2766 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2767 New->setUsed(); 2768 2769 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2770 // declarations. 2771 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2772 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2773 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2774 *this); 2775 2776 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2777 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2778 2779 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2780 // and argument types. 2781 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2782 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2783 New->setType(Merged); 2784 2785 return false; 2786} 2787 2788 2789void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2790 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2791 2792 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2793 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2794 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2795 : AMK_Override; 2796 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2797 2798 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2799 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2800 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2801 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2802 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2803 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2804 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2805 2806 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2807} 2808 2809/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2810/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2811/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2812/// 2813/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2814/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2815/// is attached. 2816void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) { 2817 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2818 return; 2819 2820 QualType MergedT; 2821 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2822 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2823 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2824 return; 2825 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2826 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2827 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2828 } 2829 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2830 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2831 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2832 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2833 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2834 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2835 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2836 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2837 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2838 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2839 NewArray->getElementType())) 2840 MergedT = New->getType(); 2841 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2842 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2843 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2844 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2845 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2846 NewArray->getElementType())) 2847 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2848 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2849 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2850 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2851 Old->getType()); 2852 } 2853 } else { 2854 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2855 } 2856 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2857 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2858 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2859 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2860 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2861 } 2862 2863 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2864 // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope. 2865 if (!OldWasHidden) 2866 New->setType(MergedT); 2867} 2868 2869/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2870/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2871/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2872/// 2873/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2874/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2875/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2876/// 2877void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous, 2878 bool PreviousWasHidden) { 2879 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2880 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2881 return; 2882 2883 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2884 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2885 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2886 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2887 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2888 << New->getDeclName(); 2889 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2890 diag::note_previous_definition); 2891 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2892 } 2893 2894 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 2895 return; 2896 2897 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2898 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2899 // 2900 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2901 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2902 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2903 << New->getIdentifier(); 2904 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2905 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2906 } 2907 2908 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2909 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2910 // declaration 2911 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2912 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2913 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2914 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2915 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2916 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2917 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2918 } 2919 2920 // Merge the types. 2921 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden); 2922 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2923 return; 2924 2925 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 2926 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2927 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2928 isExternalLinkage(Old->getLinkage())) { 2929 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2930 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2931 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2932 } 2933 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2934 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2935 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2936 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2937 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2938 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2939 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2940 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2941 // identifier has external linkage. 2942 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2943 /* Okay */; 2944 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2945 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2946 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2947 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2948 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2949 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2950 } 2951 2952 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2953 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2954 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2955 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2956 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2957 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2958 } 2959 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 2960 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 2961 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2962 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2963 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2964 } 2965 2966 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2967 2968 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2969 // need to check for mismatches. 2970 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2971 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2972 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2973 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2974 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2975 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2976 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2977 } 2978 2979 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 2980 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 2981 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2982 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2983 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 2984 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2985 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2986 } else { 2987 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 2988 // static and dynamic initialization. 2989 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 2990 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 2991 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 2992 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 2993 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2994 } 2995 } 2996 2997 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2998 const VarDecl *Def; 2999 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3000 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3001 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3002 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 3003 << New->getDeclName(); 3004 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3005 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3006 return; 3007 } 3008 3009 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3010 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3011 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3012 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3013 return; 3014 } 3015 3016 // Merge "used" flag. 3017 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 3018 New->setUsed(); 3019 3020 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3021 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 3022 3023 // Inherit access appropriately. 3024 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3025} 3026 3027/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3028/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3029Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3030 DeclSpec &DS) { 3031 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3032} 3033 3034/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3035/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3036/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3037Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3038 DeclSpec &DS, 3039 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3040 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3041 Decl *TagD = 0; 3042 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3043 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3044 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3045 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3046 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3047 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3048 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3049 3050 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3051 return 0; 3052 3053 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3054 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3055 // it's a Type. 3056 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3057 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3058 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3059 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3060 } 3061 3062 if (Tag) { 3063 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 3064 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3065 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3066 return Tag; 3067 } 3068 3069 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3070 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3071 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3072 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3073 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3074 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3075 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3076 } 3077 3078 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3079 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3080 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3081 if (Tag) 3082 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3083 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3084 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3085 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3086 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3087 else 3088 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3089 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3090 return TagD; 3091 } 3092 3093 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3094 3095 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3096 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3097 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3098 if (TagD && !Tag) 3099 return 0; 3100 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3101 } 3102 3103 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3104 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3105 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3106 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3107 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3108 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3109 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3110 // or an explicit specialization. 3111 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3112 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3113 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3114 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3115 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3116 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3117 << SS.getRange(); 3118 return 0; 3119 } 3120 3121 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3122 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3123 3124 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3125 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3126 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3127 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3128 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3129 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3130 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3131 3132 DeclaresAnything = false; 3133 } 3134 } 3135 3136 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3137 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3138 CurContext->isRecord() && 3139 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3140 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3141 // struct STRUCT; 3142 // and 3143 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3144 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3145 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3146 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3147 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3148 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3149 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3150 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3151 } 3152 } 3153 3154 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3155 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3156 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3157 return TagD; 3158 3159 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3160 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3161 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3162 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3163 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3164 DeclaresAnything = false; 3165 3166 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3167 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3168 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3169 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3170 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3171 else 3172 DeclaresAnything = false; 3173 } 3174 3175 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3176 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3177 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3178 << Tag->getTagKind() 3179 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3180 3181 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3182 3183 // C 6.7/2: 3184 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3185 // or the members of an enumeration. 3186 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3187 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3188 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3189 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3190 // previous declaration. 3191 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3192 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3193 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3194 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3195 return TagD; 3196 } 3197 3198 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3199 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3200 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3201 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3202 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3203 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3204 // 3205 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3206 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3207 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3208 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3209 3210 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3211 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3212 // useless. 3213 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3214 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3215 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3216 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3217 3218 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3219 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3220 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3221 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3222 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3223 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3224 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3225 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3226 // Restrict is covered above. 3227 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3228 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3229 } 3230 3231 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3232 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3233 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3234 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3235 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3236 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3237 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3238 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3239 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3240 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3241 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3242 while (attrs) { 3243 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3244 << attrs->getName() 3245 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3246 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3247 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3248 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3249 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3250 } 3251 } 3252 } 3253 3254 return TagD; 3255} 3256 3257/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3258/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3259/// 3260/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3261static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3262 Scope *S, 3263 DeclContext *Owner, 3264 DeclarationName Name, 3265 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3266 unsigned diagnostic) { 3267 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3268 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3269 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3270 3271 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3272 return false; 3273 3274 // Pick a representative declaration. 3275 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3276 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3277 3278 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3279 return false; 3280 3281 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3282 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3283 3284 return true; 3285} 3286 3287/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3288/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3289/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3290/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3291/// struct, e.g., 3292/// 3293/// @code 3294/// union { 3295/// int i; 3296/// float f; 3297/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3298/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3299/// @endcode 3300/// 3301/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3302/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3303static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3304 DeclContext *Owner, 3305 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3306 AccessSpecifier AS, 3307 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 3308 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3309 unsigned diagKind 3310 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3311 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3312 3313 bool Invalid = false; 3314 3315 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3316 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3317 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3318 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3319 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3320 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3321 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3322 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3323 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3324 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3325 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3326 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3327 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3328 Invalid = true; 3329 } else { 3330 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3331 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3332 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3333 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3334 // anonymous union is declared. 3335 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3336 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3337 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3338 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3339 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3340 else 3341 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3342 3343 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3344 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3345 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3346 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3347 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3348 3349 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3350 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3351 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3352 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3353 3354 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3355 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3356 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3357 3358 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3359 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3360 3361 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3362 } 3363 } 3364 } 3365 3366 return Invalid; 3367} 3368 3369/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3370/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3371/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3372static StorageClass 3373StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3374 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3375 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3376 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3377 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3378 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3379 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3380 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3381 return SC_None; 3382 return SC_Extern; 3383 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3384 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3385 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3386 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3387 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3388 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3389 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3390 } 3391 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3392} 3393 3394/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3395/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3396/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3397/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3398Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3399 AccessSpecifier AS, 3400 RecordDecl *Record) { 3401 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3402 3403 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3404 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3405 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3406 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3407 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3408 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3409 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3410 3411 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3412 // structs/unions. 3413 bool Invalid = false; 3414 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3415 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3416 unsigned DiagID; 3417 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3418 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3419 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3420 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3421 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3422 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3423 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3424 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3425 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3426 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3427 3428 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3429 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3430 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3431 } 3432 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3433 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3434 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3435 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3436 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3437 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3438 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3439 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3440 3441 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3442 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3443 SourceLocation(), 3444 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3445 } 3446 } 3447 3448 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3449 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3450 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3451 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3452 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3453 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3454 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3455 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3456 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3457 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3458 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3459 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3460 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3461 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3462 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3463 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3464 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3465 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3466 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3467 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3468 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3469 3470 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3471 } 3472 3473 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3474 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3475 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3476 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3477 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3478 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3479 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3480 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3481 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3482 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3483 // members (clause 11). 3484 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3485 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3486 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3487 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3488 Invalid = true; 3489 } 3490 3491 // C++ [class.union]p1 3492 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3493 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3494 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3495 // array of such objects. 3496 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3497 Invalid = true; 3498 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3499 // Any implicit members are fine. 3500 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3501 // This is a type that showed up in an 3502 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3503 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3504 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3505 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3506 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3507 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3508 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3509 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3510 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3511 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3512 else { 3513 // This is a nested type declaration. 3514 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3515 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3516 Invalid = true; 3517 } 3518 } else { 3519 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3520 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3521 // not part of standard C++. 3522 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3523 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3524 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3525 } 3526 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3527 // Any access specifier is fine. 3528 } else { 3529 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3530 // member. Complain about it. 3531 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3532 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3533 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3534 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3535 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3536 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3537 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3538 3539 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3540 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3541 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3542 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3543 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3544 else { 3545 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3546 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3547 Invalid = true; 3548 } 3549 } 3550 } 3551 } 3552 3553 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3554 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3555 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3556 Invalid = true; 3557 } 3558 3559 // Mock up a declarator. 3560 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3561 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3562 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3563 3564 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3565 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3566 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3567 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3568 DS.getLocStart(), 3569 Record->getLocation(), 3570 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3571 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3572 TInfo, 3573 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3574 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3575 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3576 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3577 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3578 } else { 3579 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3580 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3581 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3582 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3583 // an error here 3584 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3585 Invalid = true; 3586 SC = SC_None; 3587 } 3588 3589 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3590 DS.getLocStart(), 3591 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3592 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3593 TInfo, SC); 3594 3595 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3596 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3597 // initializer: 3598 // union { int n = 0; }; 3599 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3600 } 3601 Anon->setImplicit(); 3602 3603 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3604 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3605 // its members. 3606 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3607 3608 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3609 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3610 // purposes. 3611 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3612 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3613 3614 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3615 Chain, false)) 3616 Invalid = true; 3617 3618 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3619 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3620 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3621 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3622 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3623 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3624 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3625 3626 if (Invalid) 3627 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3628 3629 return Anon; 3630} 3631 3632/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3633/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3634/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3635/// Example: 3636/// 3637/// struct A { int a; }; 3638/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3639/// 3640/// void foo() { 3641/// B var; 3642/// var.a = 3; 3643/// } 3644/// 3645Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3646 RecordDecl *Record) { 3647 3648 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3649 if (!Record) 3650 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3651 3652 // Mock up a declarator. 3653 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3654 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3655 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3656 3657 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3658 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3659 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3660 DS.getLocStart(), 3661 DS.getLocStart(), 3662 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3663 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3664 TInfo, 3665 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3666 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3667 Anon->setImplicit(); 3668 3669 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3670 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3671 3672 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3673 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3674 // purposes. 3675 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3676 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3677 3678 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3679 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3680 RecordDef, AS_none, 3681 Chain, true)) 3682 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3683 3684 return Anon; 3685} 3686 3687/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3688/// given Declarator. 3689DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3690 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3691} 3692 3693/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3694DeclarationNameInfo 3695Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3696 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3697 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3698 3699 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3700 3701 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3702 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3703 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3704 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3705 return NameInfo; 3706 3707 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3708 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3709 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3710 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3711 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3712 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3713 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3714 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3715 return NameInfo; 3716 3717 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3718 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3719 Name.Identifier)); 3720 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3721 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3722 return NameInfo; 3723 3724 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3725 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3726 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3727 if (Ty.isNull()) 3728 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3729 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3730 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3731 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3732 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3733 return NameInfo; 3734 } 3735 3736 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3737 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3738 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3739 if (Ty.isNull()) 3740 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3741 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3742 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3743 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3744 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3745 return NameInfo; 3746 } 3747 3748 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3749 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3750 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3751 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3752 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3753 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3754 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3755 3756 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3757 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3758 3759 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3760 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3761 // was qualified. 3762 3763 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3764 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3765 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3766 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3767 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3768 return NameInfo; 3769 } 3770 3771 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3772 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3773 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3774 if (Ty.isNull()) 3775 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3776 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3777 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3778 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3779 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3780 return NameInfo; 3781 } 3782 3783 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3784 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3785 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3786 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3787 } 3788 3789 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3790 3791 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3792} 3793 3794static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3795 do { 3796 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3797 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3798 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3799 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3800 else 3801 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3802 } while (true); 3803} 3804 3805/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3806/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3807/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3808/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3809/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3810/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3811/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3812static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3813 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3814 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3815 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3816 Params.clear(); 3817 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3818 return false; 3819 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3820 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3821 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3822 3823 // The parameter types are identical 3824 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3825 continue; 3826 3827 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3828 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3829 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3830 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3831 3832 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3833 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3834 Params.push_back(Idx); 3835 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3836 return false; 3837 } 3838 3839 return true; 3840} 3841 3842/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3843/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3844/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3845/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3846/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3847static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3848 DeclarationName Name) { 3849 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3850 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3851 // - types which will become injected class names 3852 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3853 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3854 // few cases here. 3855 3856 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3857 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3858 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3859 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3860 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3861 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3862 // Grab the type from the parser. 3863 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3864 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3865 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3866 3867 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3868 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3869 // attached already. 3870 if (!TSI) 3871 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3872 3873 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3874 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3875 if (!TSI) return true; 3876 3877 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3878 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3879 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3880 break; 3881 } 3882 3883 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3884 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3885 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3886 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3887 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3888 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3889 break; 3890 } 3891 3892 default: 3893 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3894 break; 3895 } 3896 3897 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3898 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3899 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3900 3901 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3902 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3903 // pointer. 3904 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3905 continue; 3906 3907 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3908 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3909 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3910 return true; 3911 } 3912 3913 return false; 3914} 3915 3916Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3917 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3918 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3919 3920 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3921 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3922 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3923 3924 return Dcl; 3925} 3926 3927/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3928/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3929/// name different from T: 3930/// - every static data member of class T; 3931/// - every member function of class T 3932/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3933/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3934bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3935 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3936 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3937 3938 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3939 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3940 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3941 return true; 3942 } 3943 3944 return false; 3945} 3946 3947/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3948/// nested-name-specifier. 3949/// 3950/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3951/// 3952/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3953/// resolves. 3954/// 3955/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3956/// 3957/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3958/// 3959/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3960bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3961 DeclarationName Name, 3962 SourceLocation Loc) { 3963 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3964 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3965 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3966 3967 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3968 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3969 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3970 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3971 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3972 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3973 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3974 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3975 3976 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3977 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3978 // 3979 // class X { 3980 // void X::f(); 3981 // }; 3982 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3983 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3984 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3985 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3986 SS.clear(); 3987 return false; 3988 } 3989 3990 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3991 // declaration. 3992 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3993 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3994 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3995 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3996 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3997 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3998 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3999 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4000 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4001 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4002 else 4003 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4004 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4005 4006 return true; 4007 } 4008 4009 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4010 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4011 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4012 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4013 SS.clear(); 4014 4015 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4016 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4017 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4018 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4019 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4020 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4021 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4022 return true; 4023 4024 return false; 4025 } 4026 4027 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4028 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4029 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4030 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4031 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4032 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4033 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4034 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4035 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4036 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4037 4038 return false; 4039} 4040 4041NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4042 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4043 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4044 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4045 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4046 4047 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4048 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4049 if (!Name) { 4050 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4051 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4052 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4053 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4054 return 0; 4055 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4056 return 0; 4057 4058 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4059 // we find one that is. 4060 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4061 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4062 S = S->getParent(); 4063 4064 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4065 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4066 D.setInvalidType(); 4067 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4068 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4069 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4070 return 0; 4071 4072 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4073 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4074 if (!DC) { 4075 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4076 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4077 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4078 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4079 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4080 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4081 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4082 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4083 return 0; 4084 } 4085 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4086 4087 if (!IsDependentContext && 4088 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4089 return 0; 4090 4091 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4092 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4093 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4094 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4095 D.setInvalidType(); 4096 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4097 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4098 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4099 if (DC->isRecord()) 4100 return 0; 4101 4102 D.setInvalidType(); 4103 } 4104 } 4105 4106 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4107 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4108 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4109 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4110 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4111 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4112 D.setInvalidType(); 4113 } 4114 } 4115 4116 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4117 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4118 // Just return early; it's safer. 4119 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4120 return 0; 4121 4122 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4123 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4124 4125 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4126 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4127 D.setInvalidType(); 4128 4129 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4130 ForRedeclaration); 4131 4132 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4133 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4134 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4135 4136 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4137 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4138 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4139 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4140 /* Do nothing*/; 4141 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4142 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4143 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4144 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4145 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 4146 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4147 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4148 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4149 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4150 4151 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4152 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4153 4154 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 4155 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4156 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4157 4158 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4159 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4160 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4161 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4162 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4163 // thereof; [...] 4164 // 4165 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4166 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4167 // we want to match. For example, given: 4168 // 4169 // class X { 4170 // void f(); 4171 // void f(float); 4172 // }; 4173 // 4174 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4175 // 4176 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4177 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4178 // matches. 4179 4180 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4181 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4182 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4183 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4184 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4185 } 4186 4187 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4188 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4189 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4190 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4191 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4192 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4193 4194 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4195 Previous.clear(); 4196 } 4197 4198 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4199 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4200 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4201 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4202 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4203 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4204 Previous.clear(); 4205 4206 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4207 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4208 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4209 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4210 4211 NamedDecl *New; 4212 4213 bool AddToScope = true; 4214 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4215 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4216 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4217 return 0; 4218 } 4219 4220 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4221 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4222 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4223 TemplateParamLists, 4224 AddToScope); 4225 } else { 4226 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4227 TemplateParamLists); 4228 } 4229 4230 if (New == 0) 4231 return 0; 4232 4233 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4234 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4235 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4236 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 4237 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 4238 4239 return New; 4240} 4241 4242/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4243/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4244/// GCC compatibility). 4245static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4246 ASTContext &Context, 4247 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4248 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4249 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4250 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4251 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4252 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4253 SizeIsNegative = false; 4254 Oversized = 0; 4255 4256 if (T->isDependentType()) 4257 return QualType(); 4258 4259 QualifierCollector Qs; 4260 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4261 4262 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4263 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4264 QualType FixedType = 4265 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4266 Oversized); 4267 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4268 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4269 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4270 } 4271 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4272 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4273 QualType FixedType = 4274 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4275 Oversized); 4276 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4277 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4278 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4279 } 4280 4281 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4282 if (!VLATy) 4283 return QualType(); 4284 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4285 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4286 return QualType(); 4287 4288 llvm::APSInt Res; 4289 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4290 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4291 return QualType(); 4292 4293 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4294 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4295 SizeIsNegative = true; 4296 return QualType(); 4297 } 4298 4299 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4300 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4301 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4302 Res); 4303 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4304 Oversized = Res; 4305 return QualType(); 4306 } 4307 4308 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4309 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4310} 4311 4312static void 4313FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4314 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4315 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4316 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4317 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4318 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4319 return; 4320 } 4321 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4322 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4323 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4324 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4325 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4326 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4327 return; 4328 } 4329 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4330 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4331 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4332 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4333 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4334 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4335 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4336 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4337} 4338 4339/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4340/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4341/// GCC compatibility). 4342static TypeSourceInfo* 4343TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4344 ASTContext &Context, 4345 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4346 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4347 QualType FixedTy 4348 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4349 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4350 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4351 return 0; 4352 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4353 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4354 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4355 return FixedTInfo; 4356} 4357 4358/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4359/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 4360void 4361Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 4362 const LookupResult &Previous, 4363 Scope *S) { 4364 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4365 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4366 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4367 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4368} 4369 4370llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4371Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4372 if (ExternalSource) { 4373 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4374 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4375 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4376 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4377 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4378 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4379 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4380 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4381 } 4382 } 4383 4384 return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); 4385} 4386 4387/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4388/// does not identify a function. 4389void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4390 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4391 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4392 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4393 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4394 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4395 4396 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4397 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4398 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4399 4400 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4401 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4402 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4403 4404 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4405 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4406 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4407} 4408 4409NamedDecl* 4410Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4411 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4412 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4413 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4414 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4415 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4416 D.setInvalidType(); 4417 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4418 DC = CurContext; 4419 Previous.clear(); 4420 } 4421 4422 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4423 4424 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4425 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4426 << 1; 4427 4428 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4429 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4430 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4431 return 0; 4432 } 4433 4434 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4435 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4436 4437 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4438 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4439 4440 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4441 4442 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4443 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4444 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4445 return ND; 4446} 4447 4448void 4449Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4450 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4451 // then it shall have block scope. 4452 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4453 // that redeclarations will match. 4454 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4455 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4456 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4457 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4458 4459 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4460 bool SizeIsNegative; 4461 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4462 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4463 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4464 SizeIsNegative, 4465 Oversized); 4466 if (FixedTInfo) { 4467 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4468 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4469 } else { 4470 if (SizeIsNegative) 4471 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4472 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4473 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4474 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4475 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4476 << Oversized.toString(10); 4477 else 4478 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4479 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4480 } 4481 } 4482 } 4483} 4484 4485 4486/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4487/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4488/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4489NamedDecl* 4490Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4491 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4492 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4493 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4494 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4495 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4496 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4497 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4498 Redeclaration = true; 4499 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4500 } 4501 4502 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4503 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4504 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4505 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4506 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4507 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4508 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4509 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4510 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4511 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4512 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4513 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4514 } 4515 4516 return NewTD; 4517} 4518 4519/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4520/// previous declaration. 4521/// 4522/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4523/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4524/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4525/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4526/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4527/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4528/// 4529/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4530/// lookup 4531/// 4532/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4533/// declared. 4534/// 4535/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4536/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4537static bool 4538isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4539 ASTContext &Context) { 4540 if (!PrevDecl) 4541 return false; 4542 4543 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4544 return false; 4545 4546 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4547 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4548 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4549 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4550 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4551 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4552 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4553 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4554 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4555 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4556 return false; 4557 4558 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4559 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4560 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4561 return false; 4562 4563 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4564 // previous declarations. 4565 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4566 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4567 4568 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4569 // isn't the same function. 4570 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4571 return false; 4572 } 4573 4574 return true; 4575} 4576 4577static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4578 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4579 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4580 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4581} 4582 4583bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4584 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4585 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4586 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4587 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4588 unsigned kind = -1U; 4589 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4590 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4591 kind = 0; // __block 4592 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4593 kind = 1; // global 4594 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4595 kind = 3; // ivar 4596 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4597 kind = 2; // field 4598 } 4599 4600 if (kind != -1U) { 4601 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4602 << kind; 4603 } 4604 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4605 // Try to infer lifetime. 4606 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4607 return false; 4608 4609 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4610 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4611 decl->setType(type); 4612 } 4613 4614 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4615 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4616 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4617 var->getTLSKind()) { 4618 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4619 << var->getType(); 4620 return true; 4621 } 4622 } 4623 4624 return false; 4625} 4626 4627static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4628 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4629 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4630 if (ND.getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) { 4631 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4632 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4633 } 4634 } 4635 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4636 if (ND.hasExternalLinkage()) { 4637 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4638 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4639 } 4640 } 4641} 4642 4643/// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4644/// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4645/// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4646static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4647 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4648 4649 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4650 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4651 4652 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4653 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4654 return false; 4655 4656 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4657 4658#ifndef NDEBUG 4659 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4660 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4661 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4662 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4663 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4664#endif 4665 4666 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4667 4668#ifndef NDEBUG 4669 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4670#endif 4671 4672 return isC99Inline; 4673} 4674 4675static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4676 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4677 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4678 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4679 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4680 return true; 4681 if (DC->isRecord()) 4682 return false; 4683 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4684} 4685 4686static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4687 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4688 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4689 return true; 4690 if (DC->isRecord()) 4691 return false; 4692 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4693} 4694 4695NamedDecl* 4696Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4697 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4698 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4699 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4700 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4701 4702 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4703 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4704 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4705 4706 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 4707 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4708 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4709 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4710 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4711 D.setInvalidType(); 4712 } 4713 } 4714 4715 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4716 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4717 // an error here 4718 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4719 D.setInvalidType(); 4720 SC = SC_None; 4721 } 4722 4723 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 4724 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 4725 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 4726 // explicitly. 4727 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 'extern'. 4728 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4729 D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == 4730 DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4731 SC = SC_Static; 4732 4733 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4734 if (!II) { 4735 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4736 << Name; 4737 return 0; 4738 } 4739 4740 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4741 4742 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4743 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4744 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4745 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4746 4747 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4748 // is a GNU extension. 4749 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4750 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4751 else 4752 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4753 D.setInvalidType(); 4754 } 4755 } 4756 4757 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4758 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4759 // OpenCL __local address space. 4760 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4761 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4762 } 4763 4764 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4765 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4766 // space qualifiers. 4767 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4768 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4769 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4770 } 4771 4772 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4773 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4774 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4775 // address space qualifiers. 4776 if (R->isEventT()) { 4777 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4778 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4779 D.setInvalidType(); 4780 } 4781 4782 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4783 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4784 D.setInvalidType(); 4785 } 4786 } 4787 } 4788 4789 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4790 VarDecl *NewVD; 4791 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4792 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4793 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4794 R, TInfo, SC); 4795 4796 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4797 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4798 } else { 4799 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4800 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4801 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4802 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4803 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4804 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4805 } 4806 } 4807 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4808 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4809 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4810 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4811 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4812 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4813 4814 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4815 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4816 if (RD->isUnion()) 4817 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4818 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4819 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4820 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4821 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4822 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4823 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4824 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4825 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4826 } 4827 } 4828 4829 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4830 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4831 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4832 bool Invalid = false; 4833 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4834 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4835 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4836 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4837 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4838 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4839 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4840 /*never a friend*/ false, 4841 isExplicitSpecialization, 4842 Invalid)) { 4843 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4844 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4845 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4846 << II 4847 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4848 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4849 return 0; 4850 } else { 4851 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4852 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4853 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4854 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4855 << II 4856 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4857 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4858 } 4859 } 4860 4861 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4862 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4863 R, TInfo, SC); 4864 4865 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4866 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4867 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 4868 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4869 4870 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4871 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4872 4873 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4874 4875 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4876 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4877 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4878 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4879 } 4880 4881 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4882 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4883 } 4884 4885 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4886 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4887 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4888 4889 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 4890 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4891 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4892 diag::err_thread_non_global) 4893 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4894 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4895 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4896 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4897 else 4898 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 4899 } 4900 4901 // C99 6.7.4p3 4902 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 4903 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 4904 // thread storage duration... 4905 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 4906 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 4907 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 4908 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 4909 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 4910 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4911 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 4912 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 4913 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 4914 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4915 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 4916 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 4917 } 4918 } 4919 4920 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4921 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4922 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4923 << 2 4924 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4925 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4926 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4927 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4928 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4929 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4930 else 4931 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4932 } 4933 4934 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4935 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4936 4937 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 4938 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 4939 4940 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4941 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4942 // storage [duration]." 4943 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4944 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4945 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4946 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4947 } 4948 } 4949 4950 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4951 // retainable type. 4952 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4953 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4954 4955 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4956 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4957 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4958 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4959 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4960 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4961 switch (SC) { 4962 case SC_None: 4963 case SC_Auto: 4964 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4965 break; 4966 case SC_Register: 4967 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4968 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4969 break; 4970 case SC_Static: 4971 case SC_Extern: 4972 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4973 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4974 break; 4975 } 4976 } 4977 4978 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4979 Context, Label)); 4980 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4981 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4982 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4983 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4984 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4985 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4986 } 4987 } 4988 4989 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4990 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4991 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4992 4993 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4994 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4995 // declaration has linkage). 4996 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 4997 isExplicitSpecialization); 4998 4999 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5000 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5001 } else { 5002 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5003 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5004 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5005 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5006 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5007 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5008 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5009 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5010 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5011 Previous.clear(); 5012 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5013 } 5014 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5015 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5016 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5017 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5018 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5019 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5020 } 5021 5022 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5023 5024 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 5025 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5026 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5027 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5028 } 5029 5030 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5031 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 5032 5033 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 5034 // such variables. 5035 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 5036 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5037 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 5038 5039 return NewVD; 5040} 5041 5042/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5043/// -Wshadow. 5044/// 5045/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5046/// scope. 5047/// 5048/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5049/// \param R the lookup of the name 5050/// 5051void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5052 // Return if warning is ignored. 5053 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5054 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5055 return; 5056 5057 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5058 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5059 return; 5060 5061 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5062 5063 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5064 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5065 return; 5066 5067 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5068 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5069 return; 5070 5071 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5072 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5073 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5074 if (MD->isStatic()) 5075 return; 5076 5077 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5078 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5079 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5080 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5081 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5082 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5083 I != E; ++I) 5084 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5085 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5086 break; 5087 } 5088 } 5089 5090 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5091 5092 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5093 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5094 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5095 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5096 return; 5097 5098 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5099 // static data members from base classes? 5100 5101 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5102 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5103 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5104 } 5105 5106 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5107 unsigned Kind; 5108 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5109 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5110 Kind = 3; // field 5111 else 5112 Kind = 2; // static data member 5113 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5114 Kind = 1; // global 5115 else 5116 Kind = 0; // local 5117 5118 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5119 5120 // Emit warning and note. 5121 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5122 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5123} 5124 5125/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5126void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5127 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5128 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5129 return; 5130 5131 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5132 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5133 LookupName(R, S); 5134 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5135} 5136 5137template<typename T> 5138static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { 5139 const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext(); 5140 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5141 return true; 5142 5143 // We know that is the first decl we see, other than function local 5144 // extern C ones. If this is C++ and the decl is not in a extern C context 5145 // it cannot have C language linkage. Avoid calling isExternC in that case. 5146 // We need to this because of code like 5147 // 5148 // namespace { struct bar {}; } 5149 // auto foo = bar(); 5150 // 5151 // This code runs before the init of foo is set, and therefore before 5152 // the type of foo is known. Not knowing the type we cannot know its linkage 5153 // unless it is in an extern C block. 5154 if (!ND->isInExternCContext()) { 5155 const ASTContext &Context = ND->getASTContext(); 5156 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5157 return false; 5158 } 5159 5160 return ND->isExternC(); 5161} 5162 5163void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5164 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5165 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5166 return; 5167 5168 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5169 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5170 5171 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5172 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5173 return; 5174 5175 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5176 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5177 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5178 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5179 NewVD->setType(T); 5180 } 5181 5182 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5183 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5184 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5185 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5186 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5187 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5188 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5189 return; 5190 } 5191 5192 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5193 // __constant address space. 5194 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5195 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5196 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5197 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5198 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5199 return; 5200 } 5201 5202 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5203 // scope. 5204 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5205 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5206 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5207 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5208 return; 5209 } 5210 5211 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5212 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5213 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5214 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5215 else { 5216 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5217 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5218 } 5219 } 5220 5221 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5222 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5223 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5224 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5225 5226 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5227 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5228 bool SizeIsNegative; 5229 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5230 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5231 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5232 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5233 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5234 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5235 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5236 // int a[10][n]; 5237 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5238 5239 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5240 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5241 << SizeRange; 5242 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 5243 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5244 << SizeRange; 5245 else 5246 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5247 << SizeRange; 5248 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5249 return; 5250 } 5251 5252 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5253 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5254 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5255 else 5256 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5257 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5258 return; 5259 } 5260 5261 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5262 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5263 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5264 } 5265 5266 if (T->isVoidType() && NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5267 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5268 << T; 5269 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5270 return; 5271 } 5272 5273 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5274 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5275 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5276 return; 5277 } 5278 5279 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5280 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5281 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5282 return; 5283 } 5284 5285 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5286 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5287 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5288 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5289 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5290 return; 5291 } 5292} 5293 5294/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5295/// declaration. 5296/// 5297/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5298/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5299/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5300/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5301/// that have been instantiated from a template. 5302/// 5303/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5304/// 5305/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5306bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 5307 LookupResult &Previous) { 5308 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5309 5310 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5311 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5312 return false; 5313 5314 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5315 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5316 // 5317 // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations. 5318 // The actual standards text here is: 5319 // 5320 // C++11 [basic.link]p6: 5321 // The name of a function declared in block scope and the name 5322 // of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration 5323 // have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity 5324 // with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities 5325 // declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the 5326 // block scope declaration declares that same entity and 5327 // receives the linkage of the previous declaration. 5328 // 5329 // C11 6.2.7p4: 5330 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 5331 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 5332 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 5333 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 5334 // declaration becomes the composite type. 5335 // 5336 // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to 5337 // update our understanding of the type according to declarations 5338 // not in scope. 5339 bool PreviousWasHidden = false; 5340 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { 5341 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5342 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 5343 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 5344 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5345 PreviousWasHidden = true; 5346 } 5347 } 5348 5349 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5350 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5351 5352 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5353 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden); 5354 return true; 5355 } 5356 return false; 5357} 5358 5359/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5360struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5361 Sema *S; 5362 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5363}; 5364 5365/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5366/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5367/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5368static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5369 CXXBasePath &Path, 5370 void *UserData) { 5371 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5372 5373 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5374 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5375 5376 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5377 5378 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5379 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5380 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5381 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5382 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5383 5384 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5385 } 5386 5387 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5388 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5389 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5390 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5391 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5392 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5393 return true; 5394 } 5395 } 5396 5397 return false; 5398} 5399 5400namespace { 5401 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5402} 5403/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5404/// overriden methods. 5405/// 5406/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5407/// \param MD the overriding method. 5408/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5409static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5410 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5411 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5412 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5413 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5414 I != E; ++I) { 5415 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5416 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5417 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5418 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5419 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5420 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5421 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5422 } 5423} 5424 5425/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5426/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5427bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5428 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5429 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5430 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5431 Data.Method = MD; 5432 Data.S = this; 5433 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5434 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5435 bool AddedAny = false; 5436 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5437 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5438 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5439 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5440 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5441 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5442 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5443 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5444 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5445 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5446 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5447 AddedAny = true; 5448 } 5449 } 5450 } 5451 } 5452 5453 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5454 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5455 } 5456 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5457 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5458 } 5459 5460 return AddedAny; 5461} 5462 5463namespace { 5464 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5465 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5466 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5467 Scope *S; 5468 Declarator &D; 5469 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5470 bool AddToScope; 5471 }; 5472} 5473 5474namespace { 5475 5476// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5477// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5478class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5479 public: 5480 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5481 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5482 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5483 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5484 5485 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5486 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5487 return false; 5488 5489 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5490 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5491 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5492 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5493 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5494 5495 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5496 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5497 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5498 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5499 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5500 return true; 5501 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5502 return true; 5503 } 5504 } 5505 } 5506 5507 return false; 5508 } 5509 5510 private: 5511 ASTContext &Context; 5512 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5513 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5514}; 5515 5516} 5517 5518/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5519/// 5520/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5521/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5522/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5523/// the same name. 5524/// 5525/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5526/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5527static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5528 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5529 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5530 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5531 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5532 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5533 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5534 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5535 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5536 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5537 TypoCorrection Correction; 5538 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5539 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5540 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5541 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5542 5543 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5544 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5545 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5546 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5547 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5548 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5549 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5550 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5551 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5552 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5553 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5554 if (FD && 5555 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5556 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5557 // involve a parameter 5558 unsigned ParamNum = 5559 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5560 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5561 } 5562 } 5563 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5564 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5565 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5566 Validator, NewDC))) { 5567 // Trap errors. 5568 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5569 5570 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5571 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5572 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5573 Previous.clear(); 5574 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5575 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5576 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5577 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5578 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5579 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5580 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5581 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5582 } 5583 } 5584 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5585 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5586 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5587 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5588 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5589 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5590 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5591 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5592 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5593 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5594 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5595 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5596 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5597 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5598 Previous.clear(); 5599 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5600 Result = NULL; 5601 } else { 5602 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5603 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5604 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5605 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5606 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5607 } 5608 } 5609 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5610 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5611 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5612 } else { 5613 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5614 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5615 } 5616 } 5617 5618 if (Correction) { 5619 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5620 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5621 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5622 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5623 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5624 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5625 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5626 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5627 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5628 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5629 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5630 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5631 } else { 5632 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5633 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5634 } 5635 5636 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5637 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5638 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5639 5640 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5641 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5642 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5643 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5644 bool FDisConst = false; 5645 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5646 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5647 5648 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5649 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5650 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5651 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5652 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5653 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5654 } else if (Correction) { 5655 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5656 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5657 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5658 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5659 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5660 } else 5661 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5662 } 5663 return Result; 5664} 5665 5666static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5667 Declarator &D) { 5668 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5669 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5670 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5671 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5672 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5673 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5674 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5675 D.setInvalidType(); 5676 break; 5677 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5678 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 5679 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 5680 return SC_None; 5681 return SC_Extern; 5682 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5683 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5684 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5685 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5686 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5687 // other than extern 5688 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5689 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5690 diag::err_static_block_func); 5691 break; 5692 } else 5693 return SC_Static; 5694 } 5695 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5696 } 5697 5698 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5699 return SC_None; 5700} 5701 5702static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5703 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5704 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5705 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5706 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5707 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5708 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5709 5710 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5711 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5712 5713 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5714 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5715 // prototype. This true when: 5716 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5717 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5718 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5719 bool HasPrototype = 5720 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5721 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5722 5723 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5724 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5725 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5726 HasPrototype, false); 5727 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5728 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5729 5730 // Set the lexical context. 5731 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5732 5733 return NewFD; 5734 } 5735 5736 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5737 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5738 5739 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5740 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5741 // the class has been completely parsed. 5742 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5743 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5744 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5745 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5746 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5747 D.setInvalidType(); 5748 5749 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5750 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5751 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5752 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5753 5754 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5755 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5756 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5757 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5758 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5759 isConstexpr); 5760 5761 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5762 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5763 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5764 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5765 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5766 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5767 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5768 D.getLocStart(), 5769 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5770 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5771 5772 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5773 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5774 // it yet. 5775 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5776 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5777 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5778 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5779 } 5780 5781 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5782 return NewDD; 5783 5784 } else { 5785 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5786 D.setInvalidType(); 5787 5788 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5789 // code path. 5790 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5791 D.getLocStart(), 5792 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5793 SC, isInline, 5794 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5795 } 5796 5797 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5798 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5799 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5800 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5801 return 0; 5802 } 5803 5804 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5805 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5806 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5807 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5808 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5809 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5810 5811 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5812 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5813 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5814 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5815 // constructor if it has no return type). 5816 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5817 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5818 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5819 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5820 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5821 return 0; 5822 } 5823 5824 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5825 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 5826 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5827 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5828 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5829 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5830 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 5831 return Ret; 5832 } else { 5833 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5834 // prototype. This true when: 5835 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5836 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5837 D.getLocStart(), 5838 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 5839 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5840 } 5841} 5842 5843void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5844 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5845 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5846 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5847 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5848 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5849 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5850 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5851 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5852 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5853 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5854 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5855 << IsTypeAlias; 5856 } 5857} 5858 5859NamedDecl* 5860Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5861 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5862 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5863 bool &AddToScope) { 5864 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5865 5866 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5867 5868 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5869 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5870 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5871 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5872 5873 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 5874 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5875 diag::err_invalid_thread) 5876 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5877 5878 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5879 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5880 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5881 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5882 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5883 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5884 5885 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5886 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5887 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5888 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5889 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, 5890 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5891 FPT->getNumArgs()), 5892 EPI); 5893 } 5894 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5895 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5896 } 5897 5898 bool isFriend = false; 5899 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5900 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5901 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5902 5903 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5904 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5905 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5906 5907 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5908 5909 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5910 isVirtualOkay); 5911 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5912 5913 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5914 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5915 5916 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5917 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5918 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5919 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5920 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5921 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5922 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5923 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5924 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5925 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5926 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5927 } 5928 5929 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5930 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5931 // return true). 5932 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5933 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5934 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5935 NewFD->setPure(true); 5936 } 5937 5938 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5939 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5940 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5941 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5942 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5943 5944 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5945 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5946 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5947 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5948 5949 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5950 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5951 bool Invalid = false; 5952 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5953 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5954 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5955 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5956 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5957 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5958 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5959 isFriend, 5960 isExplicitSpecialization, 5961 Invalid)) { 5962 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5963 // This is a function template 5964 5965 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5966 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5967 return 0; 5968 5969 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5970 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5971 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5972 return 0; 5973 } 5974 5975 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5976 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5977 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5978 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5979 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5980 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5981 Invalid = true; 5982 } 5983 5984 5985 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5986 NewFD->getLocation(), 5987 Name, TemplateParams, 5988 NewFD); 5989 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5990 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5991 5992 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5993 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5994 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5995 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5996 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5997 } 5998 } else { 5999 // This is a function template specialization. 6000 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6001 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6002 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6003 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6004 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6005 6006 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6007 if (isFriend) { 6008 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6009 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6010 6011 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6012 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6013 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6014 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6015 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6016 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6017 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6018 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6019 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6020 } 6021 6022 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6023 << Name << RemoveRange 6024 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6025 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6026 } 6027 } 6028 } 6029 else { 6030 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6031 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6032 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6033 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6034 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6035 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6036 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6037 } 6038 6039 if (Invalid) { 6040 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6041 if (FunctionTemplate) 6042 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6043 } 6044 6045 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6046 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6047 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6048 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6049 // 6050 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6051 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6052 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6053 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6054 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6055 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6056 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6057 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6058 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6059 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6060 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6061 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6062 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6063 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6064 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6065 } else { 6066 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6067 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6068 } 6069 6070 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6071 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) 6072 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6073 } 6074 6075 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6076 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6077 // declaration. 6078 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6079 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6080 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6081 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6082 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6083 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6084 } 6085 } 6086 6087 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6088 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6089 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6090 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6091 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6092 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6093 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6094 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6095 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6096 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6097 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6098 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6099 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6100 // or conversion function. 6101 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6102 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6103 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6104 } 6105 } 6106 6107 if (isConstexpr) { 6108 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6109 // are implicitly inline. 6110 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6111 6112 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6113 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6114 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6115 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6116 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6117 } 6118 6119 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6120 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6121 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6122 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6123 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6124 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6125 << 0 6126 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6127 } else { 6128 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6129 if (FunctionTemplate) 6130 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6131 } 6132 } 6133 6134 if (isFriend) { 6135 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 6136 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6137 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6138 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6139 } 6140 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6141 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6142 } 6143 6144 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6145 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6146 case FDK_Declaration: 6147 case FDK_Definition: 6148 break; 6149 6150 case FDK_Defaulted: 6151 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6152 break; 6153 6154 case FDK_Deleted: 6155 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6156 break; 6157 } 6158 6159 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6160 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6161 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6162 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6163 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6164 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6165 } 6166 6167 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6168 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6169 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6170 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6171 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6172 // the class. 6173 6174 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6175 // member function definition. 6176 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6177 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6178 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6179 } 6180 6181 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6182 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6183 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6184 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6185 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6186 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6187 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6188 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6189 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6190 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6191 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6192 FPT->getNumArgs()), 6193 EPI)); 6194 } 6195 } 6196 6197 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6198 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6199 isExplicitSpecialization || 6200 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6201 6202 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6203 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6204 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6205 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6206 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6207 SE->getString())); 6208 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6209 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6210 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6211 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6212 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6213 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6214 } 6215 } 6216 6217 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6218 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6219 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6220 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6221 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6222 6223 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6224 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6225 // single void argument. 6226 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6227 // already checks for that case. 6228 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6229 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6230 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6231 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6232 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6233 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6234 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6235 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6236 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6237 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6238 Params.push_back(Param); 6239 6240 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6241 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6242 } 6243 } 6244 6245 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6246 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6247 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6248 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6249 // 6250 // @code 6251 // typedef void fn(int); 6252 // fn f; 6253 // @endcode 6254 6255 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6256 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6257 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6258 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6259 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6260 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6261 Params.push_back(Param); 6262 } 6263 } else { 6264 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6265 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6266 } 6267 6268 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6269 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6270 6271 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6272 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6273 // 6274 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6275 // 6276 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6277 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6278 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6279 6280 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6281 NewFD->addAttr( 6282 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6283 Context)); 6284 6285 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 6286 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6287 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 6288 6289 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6290 // because all functions have linkage. 6291 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6292 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6293 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6294 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6295 } 6296 6297 // Handle attributes. 6298 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6299 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 6300 6301 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6302 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6303 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6304 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6305 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6306 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6307 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 6308 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6309 Context)); 6310 } 6311 } 6312 6313 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6314 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6315 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6316 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6317 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6318 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6319 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6320 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6321 } 6322 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6323 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6324 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6325 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6326 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6327 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6328 } else { 6329 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6330 // argument list into our AST format. 6331 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6332 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6333 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 6334 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6335 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6336 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6337 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 6338 TemplateArgs); 6339 6340 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6341 6342 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6343 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6344 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 6345 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 6346 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 6347 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6348 6349 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6350 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6351 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 6352 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 6353 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 6354 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 6355 // too few of them). 6356 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 6357 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 6358 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6359 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6360 "template<> "); 6361 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6362 } else { 6363 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6364 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6365 } 6366 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6367 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6368 // wrote something like: 6369 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6370 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6371 // friend void foo<>(int); 6372 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6373 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6374 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6375 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6376 } 6377 6378 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6379 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6380 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6381 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6382 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6383 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6384 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6385 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6386 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6387 InstantiationDependent))) { 6388 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6389 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6390 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6391 Previous)) 6392 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6393 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6394 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6395 && !isFriend) { 6396 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6397 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6398 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6399 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6400 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6401 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6402 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6403 Previous)) 6404 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6405 6406 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6407 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6408 // specialization (14.7.3) 6409 if (SC != SC_None) { 6410 if (SC != NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 6411 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6412 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6413 << SC 6414 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6415 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6416 6417 else 6418 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6419 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6420 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6421 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6422 } 6423 6424 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6425 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6426 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6427 } 6428 6429 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6430 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6431 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6432 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6433 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6434 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6435 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6436 } else { 6437 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6438 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6439 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6440 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6441 } 6442 } 6443 6444 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6445 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6446 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6447 6448 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6449 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6450 : NewFD); 6451 6452 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6453 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6454 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6455 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6456 6457 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 6458 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 6459 6460 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 6461 } 6462 6463 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 6464 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 6465 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 6466 6467 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 6468 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 6469 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6470 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 6471 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 6472 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 6473 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 6474 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 6475 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 6476 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 6477 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 6478 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6479 DC && DC->isRecord() && 6480 DC->isDependentContext()) 6481 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6482 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 6483 } 6484 6485 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6486 // Ignore all the rest of this. 6487 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 6488 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 6489 AddToScope }; 6490 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 6491 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 6492 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6493 6494 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 6495 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6496 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 6497 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 6498 6499 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 6500 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 6501 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 6502 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 6503 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 6504 // can actually do this check immediately. 6505 if (isFriend && 6506 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 6507 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 6508 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 6509 // ignore these 6510 } else { 6511 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 6512 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6513 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6514 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6515 // 6516 // class X { 6517 // void f() const; 6518 // }; 6519 // 6520 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6521 // 6522 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6523 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6524 // whether the parameter types are references). 6525 6526 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6527 NewFD, 6528 ExtraArgs)) { 6529 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6530 return Result; 6531 } 6532 } 6533 6534 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6535 // to something. 6536 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6537 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6538 NewFD, 6539 ExtraArgs)) { 6540 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6541 return Result; 6542 } 6543 } 6544 6545 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6546 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6547 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6548 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6549 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6550 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6551 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6552 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6553 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6554 // generate them. 6555 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6556 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6557 } 6558 } 6559 6560 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 6561 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 6562 6563 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6564 6565 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6566 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6567 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6568 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6569 << NewFD; 6570 6571 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6572 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6573 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6574 EPI.Variadic = true; 6575 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6576 6577 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI); 6578 NewFD->setType(R); 6579 } 6580 6581 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6582 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6583 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->hasExternalLinkage()) 6584 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6585 6586 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6587 // marking the function. 6588 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6589 6590 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6591 // map of such names. 6592 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6593 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6594 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6595 6596 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6597 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6598 6599 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6600 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6601 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6602 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6603 return FunctionTemplate; 6604 } 6605 } 6606 6607 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6608 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6609 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6610 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6611 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6612 D.setInvalidType(); 6613 } 6614 6615 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 6616 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 6617 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6618 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 6619 D.setInvalidType(); 6620 } 6621 6622 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 6623 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 6624 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 6625 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6626 6627 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6628 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6629 // pointer to a pointer type. 6630 if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { 6631 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); 6632 D.setInvalidType(); 6633 } 6634 6635 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6636 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6637 // of event_t type. 6638 if (PT->isEventT()) { 6639 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); 6640 D.setInvalidType(); 6641 } 6642 } 6643 } 6644 6645 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6646 6647 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6648 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6649 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6650 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6651 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6652 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6653 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6654 6655 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6656 } 6657 } 6658 6659 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6660 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6661 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6662 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6663 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6664 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6665 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6666 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6667 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6668 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6669 AddToScope = false; 6670 } 6671 6672 return NewFD; 6673} 6674 6675/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6676/// 6677/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6678/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6679/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6680/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6681/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6682/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6683/// via InstantiateDecl). 6684/// 6685/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6686/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6687/// 6688/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6689/// 6690/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6691bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6692 LookupResult &Previous, 6693 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6694 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6695 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6696 6697 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6698 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { 6699 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6700 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6701 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6702 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6703 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 6704 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6705 } 6706 6707 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6708 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6709 6710 bool Redeclaration = false; 6711 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6712 6713 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6714 // the same name, if appropriate. 6715 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6716 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6717 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6718 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6719 // function to the scope. 6720 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6721 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6722 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 6723 Redeclaration = true; 6724 OldDecl = Candidate; 6725 } 6726 } else { 6727 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6728 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6729 case Ovl_Match: 6730 Redeclaration = true; 6731 break; 6732 6733 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6734 Redeclaration = true; 6735 break; 6736 6737 case Ovl_Overload: 6738 Redeclaration = false; 6739 break; 6740 } 6741 6742 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6743 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6744 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6745 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6746 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6747 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6748 if (Redeclaration) 6749 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6750 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6751 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6752 if (OverloadedDecl) 6753 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6754 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6755 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6756 Context)); 6757 } 6758 } 6759 } 6760 6761 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6762 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6763 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6764 // 6765 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6766 // definition of a static member function. 6767 // 6768 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 6769 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 6770 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6771 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 6772 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6773 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6774 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6775 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6776 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6777 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6778 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6779 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6780 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6781 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6782 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6783 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6784 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6785 FPT->getNumArgs()), 6786 EPI)); 6787 6788 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 6789 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 6790 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 6791 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 6792 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 6793 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 6794 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 6795 6796 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 6797 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 6798 } 6799 } 6800 } 6801 6802 if (Redeclaration) { 6803 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6804 // merged. 6805 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6806 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6807 return Redeclaration; 6808 } 6809 6810 Previous.clear(); 6811 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6812 6813 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6814 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6815 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6816 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6817 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6818 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6819 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6820 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6821 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6822 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6823 } 6824 6825 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6826 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6827 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6828 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6829 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6830 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6831 } 6832 6833 } else { 6834 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 6835 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6836 6837 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6838 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 6839 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 6840 // because of templates, which means that the previous 6841 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 6842 6843 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 6844 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6845 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 6846 6847 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 6848 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 6849 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 6850 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 6851 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 6852 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 6853 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 6854 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 6855 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 6856 } 6857 } 6858 } 6859 } 6860 } 6861 6862 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6863 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6864 // C++-specific checks. 6865 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6866 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6867 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6868 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6869 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6870 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6871 6872 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6873 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6874 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6875 DeclarationName Name 6876 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6877 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6878 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6879 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6880 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6881 return Redeclaration; 6882 } 6883 } 6884 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6885 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6886 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6887 } 6888 6889 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6890 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6891 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6892 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6893 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6894 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6895 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6896 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6897 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6898 } 6899 } 6900 } 6901 6902 if (Method->isStatic()) 6903 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6904 } 6905 6906 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6907 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6908 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6909 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6910 return Redeclaration; 6911 } 6912 6913 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6914 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6915 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6916 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6917 return Redeclaration; 6918 } 6919 6920 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6921 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6922 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6923 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6924 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6925 6926 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6927 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6928 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6929 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6930 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6931 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6932 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6933 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6934 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6935 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6936 } 6937 } 6938 6939 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6940 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6941 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6942 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 6943 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 6944 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6945 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6946 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6947 << NewFD << R; 6948 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6949 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6950 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6951 } 6952 } 6953 return Redeclaration; 6954} 6955 6956static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6957 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6958 if (!TSI) 6959 return SourceRange(); 6960 6961 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 6962 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 6963 if (!FunctionTL) 6964 return SourceRange(); 6965 6966 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 6967 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 6968 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 6969 6970 return SourceRange(); 6971} 6972 6973void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6974 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6975 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6976 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 6977 // appear in a declaration of main. 6978 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6979 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 6980 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6981 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6982 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6983 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6984 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6985 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6986 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6987 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 6988 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 6989 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 6990 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 6991 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 6992 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 6993 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 6994 } 6995 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6996 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6997 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6998 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6999 } 7000 7001 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7002 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7003 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7004 7005 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7006 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7007 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7008 // set the flag which tells us that. 7009 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7010 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7011 7012 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7013 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7014 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7015 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7016 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7017 7018 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7019 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7020 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7021 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7022 7023 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7024 } else { 7025 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7026 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7027 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7028 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7029 else 7030 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7031 7032 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7033 } 7034 7035 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7036 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7037 7038 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7039 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 7040 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7041 7042 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7043 7044 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7045 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7046 // getting shifty. 7047 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7048 HasExtraParameters = false; 7049 7050 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7051 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7052 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7053 nparams = 3; 7054 } 7055 7056 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7057 // if we had some location information about types. 7058 7059 QualType CharPP = 7060 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7061 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7062 7063 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7064 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 7065 7066 bool mismatch = true; 7067 7068 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7069 mismatch = false; 7070 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7071 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7072 // char const ** 7073 // char const * const * 7074 // char * const * 7075 7076 QualifierCollector qs; 7077 const PointerType* PT; 7078 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7079 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7080 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7081 Context.CharTy)) { 7082 qs.removeConst(); 7083 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7084 } 7085 } 7086 7087 if (mismatch) { 7088 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7089 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7090 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7091 } 7092 } 7093 7094 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7095 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7096 } 7097 7098 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7099 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 7100 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7101 } 7102} 7103 7104bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7105 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7106 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7107 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7108 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7109 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7110 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7111 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7112 // rules there don't matter.) 7113 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7114 return false; 7115 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7116 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7117 return true; 7118} 7119 7120namespace { 7121 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7122 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7123 class SelfReferenceChecker 7124 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7125 Sema &S; 7126 Decl *OrigDecl; 7127 bool isRecordType; 7128 bool isPODType; 7129 bool isReferenceType; 7130 7131 public: 7132 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7133 7134 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7135 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7136 isPODType = false; 7137 isRecordType = false; 7138 isReferenceType = false; 7139 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7140 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7141 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7142 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7143 } 7144 } 7145 7146 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7147 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7148 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7149 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7150 if (isReferenceType) 7151 return; 7152 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7153 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7154 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7155 return; 7156 } 7157 7158 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7159 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7160 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7161 return; 7162 } 7163 7164 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7165 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7166 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7167 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7168 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7169 return; 7170 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7171 } 7172 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7173 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7174 return; 7175 } 7176 } 7177 7178 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7179 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7180 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7181 if (isReferenceType) 7182 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7183 } 7184 7185 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7186 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7187 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7188 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7189 7190 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7191 } 7192 7193 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7194 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7195 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7196 7197 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7198 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7199 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7200 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7201 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7202 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7203 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7204 Warn = false; 7205 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7206 } 7207 7208 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7209 if (Warn) 7210 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7211 return; 7212 } 7213 7214 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7215 // Visit that expression. 7216 Visit(Base); 7217 } 7218 7219 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7220 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7221 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7222 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7223 7224 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7225 } 7226 7227 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7228 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7229 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7230 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7231 if (!isPODType) 7232 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7233 return; 7234 } 7235 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7236 } 7237 7238 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7239 7240 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7241 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7242 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7243 unsigned diag; 7244 if (isReferenceType) { 7245 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7246 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7247 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7248 } else { 7249 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7250 } 7251 7252 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7253 S.PDiag(diag) 7254 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7255 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7256 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7257 } 7258 }; 7259 7260 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7261 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7262 bool DirectInit) { 7263 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7264 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7265 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7266 return; 7267 7268 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7269 7270 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7271 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7272 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7273 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7274 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7275 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7276 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7277 return; 7278 7279 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7280 } 7281} 7282 7283/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7284/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7285/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7286void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7287 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7288 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7289 // the initializer. 7290 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7291 return; 7292 7293 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7294 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7295 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7296 // Thus this grotesque test. 7297 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7298 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7299 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7300 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7301 else { 7302 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 7303 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 7304 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 7305 } 7306 return; 7307 } 7308 7309 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 7310 if (!VDecl) { 7311 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 7312 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 7313 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7314 return; 7315 } 7316 7317 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 7318 7319 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 7320 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7321 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 7322 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 7323 // contains exactly one expression. 7324 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7325 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 7326 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 7327 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 7328 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 7329 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 7330 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7331 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7332 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7333 return; 7334 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 7335 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 7336 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 7337 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7338 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7339 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7340 return; 7341 } else { 7342 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 7343 } 7344 } 7345 7346 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7347 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 7348 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7349 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7350 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7351 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7352 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7353 return; 7354 } 7355 Init = Result.take(); 7356 DefaultedToAuto = true; 7357 } 7358 7359 QualType DeducedType; 7360 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 7361 DAR_Failed) 7362 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 7363 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 7364 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7365 return; 7366 } 7367 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 7368 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 7369 7370 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 7371 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 7372 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7373 7374 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 7375 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 7376 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 7377 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 7378 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 7379 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 7380 SourceLocation Loc = 7381 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7382 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 7383 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 7384 } 7385 7386 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 7387 // the previously declared type. 7388 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 7389 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false); 7390 7391 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 7392 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 7393 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7394 return; 7395 } 7396 7397 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 7398 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 7399 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 7400 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7401 return; 7402 } 7403 7404 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 7405 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 7406 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7407 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7408 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7409 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7410 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7411 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7412 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7413 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7414 return; 7415 } 7416 7417 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7418 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7419 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7420 AbstractVariableType)) 7421 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7422 } 7423 7424 const VarDecl *Def; 7425 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7426 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7427 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7428 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7429 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7430 return; 7431 } 7432 7433 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7434 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7435 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7436 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7437 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7438 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7439 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7440 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7441 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7442 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7443 // 7444 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7445 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7446 // declaration with an initializer. 7447 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7448 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7449 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7450 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7451 return; 7452 } 7453 7454 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7455 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7456 7457 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7458 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7459 return; 7460 } 7461 } 7462 7463 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 7464 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 7465 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 7466 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 7467 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7468 return; 7469 } 7470 7471 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 7472 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 7473 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 7474 7475 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 7476 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 7477 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 7478 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7479 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7480 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7481 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7482 return; 7483 } 7484 Init = Result.take(); 7485 } 7486 7487 // Perform the initialization. 7488 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7489 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 7490 InitializationKind Kind 7491 = DirectInit ? 7492 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 7493 Init->getLocStart(), 7494 Init->getLocEnd()) 7495 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 7496 VDecl->getLocation()) 7497 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 7498 Init->getLocStart()); 7499 7500 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 7501 if (CXXDirectInit) 7502 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 7503 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 7504 7505 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 7506 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 7507 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7508 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7509 return; 7510 } 7511 7512 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7513 } 7514 7515 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 7516 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 7517 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 7518 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 7519 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7520 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 7521 } 7522 7523 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 7524 // completed by the initializer. For example: 7525 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 7526 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 7527 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 7528 VDecl->setType(DclT); 7529 7530 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7531 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 7532 7533 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7534 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 7535 7536 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 7537 // Although this code can still have problems: 7538 // id x = self.weakProp; 7539 // id y = self.weakProp; 7540 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 7541 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 7542 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 7543 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 7544 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7545 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 7546 Init->getLocStart()); 7547 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7548 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 7549 } 7550 } 7551 7552 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 7553 // 7554 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 7555 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 7556 // full-expression. For instance, in: 7557 // 7558 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 7559 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 7560 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 7561 // 7562 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 7563 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 7564 false, 7565 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 7566 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7567 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7568 return; 7569 } 7570 Init = Result.take(); 7571 7572 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 7573 VDecl->setInit(Init); 7574 7575 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 7576 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 7577 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 7578 // C++ does not have this restriction. 7579 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 7580 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7581 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7582 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 7583 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 7584 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 7585 // 7586 // struct S { 7587 // static const int value = 17; 7588 // }; 7589 7590 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 7591 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 7592 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 7593 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 7594 // 7595 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 7596 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 7597 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7598 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 7599 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 7600 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 7601 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 7602 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 7603 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 7604 7605 // Do nothing on dependent types. 7606 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 7607 7608 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 7609 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 7610 // type. 7611 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 7612 7613 // Require constness. 7614 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 7615 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 7616 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7617 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7618 7619 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 7620 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7621 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 7622 SourceLocation Loc; 7623 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 7624 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 7625 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 7626 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 7627 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 7628 ; // Nothing to check. 7629 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 7630 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 7631 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7632 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 7633 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 7634 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7635 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7636 } else { 7637 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 7638 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 7639 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7640 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7641 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7642 } 7643 7644 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 7645 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 7646 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 7647 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 7648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 7649 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 7650 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7651 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7652 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 7653 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7654 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7655 } else { 7656 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 7657 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7658 7659 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7660 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7661 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7662 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7663 } 7664 } 7665 7666 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 7667 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 7668 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 7669 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 7670 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7671 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 7672 7673 } else { 7674 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 7675 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7676 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7677 } 7678 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7679 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 7680 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7681 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 7682 VDecl->isExternC()))) 7683 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7684 7685 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7686 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7687 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7688 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 7689 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 7690 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 7691 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 7692 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 7693 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 7694 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 7695 // initialization. 7696 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 7697 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 7698 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 7699 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 7700 } 7701 } 7702 7703 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7704 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7705 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7706 // 7707 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7708 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7709 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7710 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7711 // special case code. 7712 7713 // C++ 8.5p11: 7714 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7715 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7716 // class type. 7717 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7718 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7719 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7720 } else if (DirectInit) { 7721 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7722 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7723 } 7724 7725 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7726} 7727 7728/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7729/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7730/// of sanity. 7731void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7732 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7733 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7734 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7735 7736 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7737 if (!VD) return; 7738 7739 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7740 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7741 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7742 return; 7743 } 7744 7745 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7746 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7747 7748 // Require a complete type. 7749 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7750 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7751 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7752 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7753 return; 7754 } 7755 7756 // Require an abstract type. 7757 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7758 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7759 AbstractVariableType)) { 7760 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7761 return; 7762 } 7763 7764 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7765 // though. 7766} 7767 7768void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7769 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7770 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7771 if (RealDecl == 0) 7772 return; 7773 7774 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7775 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7776 7777 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7778 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7779 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7780 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7781 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7782 return; 7783 } 7784 7785 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7786 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7787 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7788 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7789 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7790 // member. 7791 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7792 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7793 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7794 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7795 << Var->getDeclName(); 7796 else 7797 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7798 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7799 return; 7800 } 7801 7802 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7803 case VarDecl::Definition: 7804 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7805 break; 7806 7807 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7808 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7809 // a declaration. 7810 // 7811 // Fall through 7812 7813 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7814 // It's only a declaration. 7815 7816 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7817 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7818 // object shall be complete. 7819 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7820 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7821 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7822 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7823 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7824 7825 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7826 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7827 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7828 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7829 AbstractVariableType)) 7830 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7831 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7832 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7833 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7834 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7835 } 7836 7837 return; 7838 7839 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7840 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7841 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7842 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7843 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7844 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7845 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7846 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7847 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7848 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7849 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7850 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7851 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7852 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7853 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7854 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7855 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7856 // NOTE: code such as the following 7857 // static struct s; 7858 // struct s { int a; }; 7859 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7860 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7861 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7862 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7863 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7864 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7865 } 7866 } 7867 7868 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7869 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7870 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7871 return; 7872 } 7873 7874 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7875 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7876 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7877 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7878 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7879 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7880 return; 7881 } 7882 7883 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7884 // definitions with reference type. 7885 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7886 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7887 << Var->getDeclName() 7888 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7889 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7890 return; 7891 } 7892 7893 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7894 // variable with dependent type. 7895 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7896 return; 7897 7898 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7899 return; 7900 7901 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7902 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7903 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7904 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7905 return; 7906 } 7907 7908 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7909 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7910 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7911 AbstractVariableType)) { 7912 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7913 return; 7914 } 7915 7916 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7917 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7918 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7919 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7920 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7921 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7922 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7923 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7924 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7925 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7926 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7927 if (const RecordType *Record 7928 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7929 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7930 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7931 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7932 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7933 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7934 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7935 } 7936 } 7937 7938 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7939 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7940 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7941 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7942 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7943 // type shall have a user-declared default 7944 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7945 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7946 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7947 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7948 // program is ill-formed. 7949 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7950 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7951 // default-initialized; [...]. 7952 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7953 InitializationKind Kind 7954 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7955 7956 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 7957 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 7958 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7959 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7960 else if (Init.get()) { 7961 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7962 // This is important for template substitution. 7963 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7964 } 7965 7966 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7967 } 7968} 7969 7970void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7971 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7972 if (!VD) { 7973 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7974 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7975 return; 7976 } 7977 7978 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7979 7980 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7981 int Error = -1; 7982 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 7983 case SC_None: 7984 break; 7985 case SC_Extern: 7986 Error = 0; 7987 break; 7988 case SC_Static: 7989 Error = 1; 7990 break; 7991 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7992 Error = 2; 7993 break; 7994 case SC_Auto: 7995 Error = 3; 7996 break; 7997 case SC_Register: 7998 Error = 4; 7999 break; 8000 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8001 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8002 } 8003 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8004 Error = 5; 8005 if (Error != -1) { 8006 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8007 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8008 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8009 } 8010} 8011 8012void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8013 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8014 8015 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8016 // local retaining variable. 8017 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8018 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8019 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8020 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8021 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8022 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8023 break; 8024 8025 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8026 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8027 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8028 break; 8029 } 8030 } 8031 8032 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8033 var->hasExternalLinkage() && 8034 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8035 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8036 var->getLocation())) { 8037 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8038 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8039 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8040 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8041 8042 if (!prev) 8043 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8044 } 8045 8046 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8047 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8048 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8049 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8050 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8051 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8052 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8053 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8054 } 8055 8056 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8057 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8058 8059 QualType type = var->getType(); 8060 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8061 8062 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8063 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8064 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8065 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8066 8067 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8068 // constructing this copy. 8069 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8070 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8071 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8072 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8073 ExprResult result 8074 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8075 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8076 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8077 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8078 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8079 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8080 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8081 } 8082 } 8083 } 8084 8085 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8086 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8087 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8088 8089 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8090 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8091 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8092 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8093 var->getLocation()) 8094 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 8095 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8096 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8097 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8098 8099 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8100 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8101 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8102 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8103 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8104 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8105 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8106 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8107 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8108 Notes.clear(); 8109 } 8110 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8111 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8112 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8113 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8114 } 8115 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8116 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8117 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8118 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8119 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8120 } 8121 } 8122 8123 // Require the destructor. 8124 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8125 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8126} 8127 8128/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8129/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8130void 8131Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8132 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8133 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8134 8135 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8136 if (!VD) 8137 return; 8138 8139 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8140 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8141 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8142 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->hasExternalLinkage()) 8143 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8144 8145 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8146 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8147 8148 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8149 // tag values. 8150 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8151 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8152 return; 8153 8154 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8155 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8156 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8157 I != E; ++I) { 8158 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8159 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8160 continue; 8161 } 8162 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8163 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8164 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8165 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8166 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8167 continue; 8168 } 8169 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8170 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8171 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8172 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8173 continue; 8174 } 8175 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8176 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8177 MagicValue, 8178 I->getMatchingCType(), 8179 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8180 I->getMustBeNull()); 8181 } 8182} 8183 8184Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8185Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8186 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8187 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8188 8189 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8190 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8191 8192 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8193 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 8194 Decls.push_back(D); 8195 8196 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 8197 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 8198 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 8199 8200 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 8201 DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 8202} 8203 8204/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 8205/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 8206Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8207Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 8208 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8209 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 8210 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 8211 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 8212 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 8213 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 8214 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 8215 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 8216 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 8217 QualType Deduced; 8218 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 8219 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 8220 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 8221 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 8222 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 8223 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 8224 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 8225 break; 8226 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 8227 if (!U.isNull()) { 8228 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 8229 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 8230 Deduced = U; 8231 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 8232 DeducedDecl = D; 8233 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 8234 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 8235 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 8236 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 8237 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 8238 << U << D->getDeclName() 8239 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 8240 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8241 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8242 break; 8243 } 8244 } 8245 } 8246 } 8247 } 8248 8249 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 8250 8251 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 8252} 8253 8254void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 8255 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 8256} 8257 8258void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8259 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 8260 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 8261 return; 8262 8263 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 8264 Group[0]->getLocation()) 8265 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8266 return; 8267 8268 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 8269 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 8270 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 8271 // additional declaration references: 8272 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 8273 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 8274 // 'struct S *pS;' 8275 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 8276 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 8277 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 8278 Group++; 8279 NumDecls--; 8280 } 8281 } 8282 8283 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 8284 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 8285 if (!Comments.empty() && 8286 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 8287 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 8288 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 8289 // 8290 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 8291 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 8292 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 8293 // ahead through comments. 8294 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8295 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 8296 } 8297} 8298 8299/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 8300/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 8301Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 8302 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 8303 8304 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 8305 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 8306 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 8307 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 8308 StorageClass = SC_Register; 8309 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8310 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 8311 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 8312 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 8313 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8314 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 8315 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8316 } 8317 8318 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8319 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 8320 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8321 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 8322 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8323 << 0; 8324 8325 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 8326 8327 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8328 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 8329 8330 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8331 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 8332 // parameter. 8333 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8334 8335 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 8336 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8337 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 8338 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8339 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 8340 } 8341 } 8342 8343 // Ensure we have a valid name 8344 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 8345 if (D.hasName()) { 8346 II = D.getIdentifier(); 8347 if (!II) { 8348 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 8349 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 8350 D.setInvalidType(true); 8351 } 8352 } 8353 8354 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 8355 if (II) { 8356 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 8357 ForRedeclaration); 8358 LookupName(R, S); 8359 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 8360 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 8361 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8362 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8363 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8364 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8365 PrevDecl = 0; 8366 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 8367 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 8368 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8369 8370 // Recover by removing the name 8371 II = 0; 8372 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8373 D.setInvalidType(true); 8374 } 8375 } 8376 } 8377 8378 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 8379 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 8380 // looking like class members in C++. 8381 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 8382 D.getLocStart(), 8383 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 8384 parmDeclType, TInfo, 8385 StorageClass); 8386 8387 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8388 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8389 8390 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 8391 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 8392 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 8393 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 8394 8395 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 8396 S->AddDecl(New); 8397 if (II) 8398 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 8399 8400 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 8401 8402 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8403 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8404 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 8405 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8406 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8407 8408 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8409 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8410 } 8411 return New; 8412} 8413 8414/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 8415/// typedef. 8416ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 8417 SourceLocation Loc, 8418 QualType T) { 8419 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 8420 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 8421 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 8422 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 8423 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 8424 SC_None, 0); 8425 Param->setImplicit(); 8426 return Param; 8427} 8428 8429void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8430 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 8431 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 8432 // will already have done so in the template itself. 8433 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 8434 return; 8435 8436 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8437 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 8438 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 8439 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 8440 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 8441 } 8442 } 8443} 8444 8445void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8446 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 8447 QualType ReturnTy, 8448 NamedDecl *D) { 8449 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 8450 return; 8451 8452 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8453 // threshold. 8454 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 8455 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 8456 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8457 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 8458 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 8459 } 8460 8461 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8462 // threshold. 8463 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8464 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 8465 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 8466 continue; 8467 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 8468 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8469 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 8470 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 8471 } 8472} 8473 8474ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8475 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 8476 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 8477 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 8478 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 8479 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8480 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 8481 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8482 8483 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 8484 8485 // Special cases for arrays: 8486 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 8487 // - otherwise, it's an error 8488 if (T->isArrayType()) { 8489 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8490 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 8491 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 8492 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 8493 } 8494 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 8495 } else { 8496 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 8497 } 8498 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 8499 } 8500 8501 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 8502 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 8503 TSInfo, 8504 StorageClass, 0); 8505 8506 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 8507 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8508 // the class has been completely parsed. 8509 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 8510 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8511 AbstractParamType)) 8512 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8513 8514 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 8515 // passed by reference. 8516 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8517 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 8518 Diag(NameLoc, 8519 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 8520 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 8521 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8522 New->setType(T); 8523 } 8524 8525 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 8526 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 8527 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 8528 // an address space. 8529 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 8530 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 8531 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8532 } 8533 8534 return New; 8535} 8536 8537void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 8538 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 8539 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8540 8541 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 8542 // for a K&R function. 8543 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 8544 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 8545 --i; 8546 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 8547 SmallString<256> Code; 8548 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 8549 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 8550 << ";\n"; 8551 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 8552 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 8553 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 8554 8555 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 8556 // type. 8557 AttributeFactory attrs; 8558 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 8559 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 8560 unsigned DiagID; // unused 8561 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 8562 PrevSpec, DiagID); 8563 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 8564 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8565 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8566 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 8567 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8568 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 8569 } 8570 } 8571 } 8572} 8573 8574Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 8575 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 8576 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 8577 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 8578 8579 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 8580 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 8581 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 8582} 8583 8584static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 8585 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8586 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 8587 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8588 return false; 8589 8590 // Or declarations that aren't global. 8591 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 8592 return false; 8593 8594 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 8595 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 8596 return false; 8597 8598 // Don't warn about 'main'. 8599 if (FD->isMain()) 8600 return false; 8601 8602 // Don't warn about inline functions. 8603 if (FD->isInlined()) 8604 return false; 8605 8606 // Don't warn about function templates. 8607 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8608 return false; 8609 8610 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 8611 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 8612 return false; 8613 8614 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 8615 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 8616 return false; 8617 8618 bool MissingPrototype = true; 8619 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 8620 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 8621 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 8622 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 8623 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8624 continue; 8625 8626 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 8627 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 8628 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 8629 break; 8630 } 8631 8632 return MissingPrototype; 8633} 8634 8635void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8636 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 8637 // was an extern inline function. 8638 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 8639 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 8640 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 8641 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 8642 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 8643 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 8644 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 8645 else 8646 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 8647 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8648 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8649 } 8650} 8651 8652Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 8653 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 8654 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 8655 8656 if (!D) 8657 return D; 8658 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8659 8660 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8661 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8662 else 8663 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8664 8665 // Enter a new function scope 8666 PushFunctionScope(); 8667 8668 // See if this is a redefinition. 8669 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 8670 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 8671 8672 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 8673 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8674 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 8675 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 8676 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 8677 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8678 } 8679 } 8680 8681 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 8682 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 8683 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 8684 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 8685 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8686 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 8687 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 8688 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8689 8690 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 8691 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 8692 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 8693 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 8694 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 8695 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 8696 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 8697 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 8698 8699 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8700 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 8701 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 8702 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 8703 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 8704 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 8705 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8706 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8707 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8708 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8709 } 8710 } 8711 8712 if (FnBodyScope) 8713 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8714 8715 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8716 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8717 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8718 8719 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8720 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8721 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8722 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8723 8724 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8725 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8726 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8727 8728 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8729 } 8730 } 8731 8732 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8733 // introduce them into the function scope. 8734 if (FnBodyScope) { 8735 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8736 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8737 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8738 8739 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8740 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8741 // and reattach to the current context. 8742 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8743 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8744 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8745 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8746 if (*DI == D) { 8747 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8748 break; 8749 } 8750 } 8751 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8752 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8753 } 8754 8755 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8756 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8757 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8758 8759 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8760 // accessible in this scope. 8761 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8762 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8763 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8764 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8765 } 8766 } 8767 } 8768 8769 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8770 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8771 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8772 8773 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8774 // dllimport attribute. 8775 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8776 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8777 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8778 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8779 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8780 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8781 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8782 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8783 << "dllimport"; 8784 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8785 return D; 8786 } 8787 8788 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8789 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8790 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8791 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8792 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8793 // emitted. 8794 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8795 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8796 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8797 } 8798 } 8799 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8800 // a function template). 8801 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8802 return D; 8803} 8804 8805/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8806/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8807/// optimization. 8808/// 8809/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8810/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8811/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8812/// use the named return value optimization. 8813/// 8814/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8815/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8816/// the NRVO variable. 8817/// 8818/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8819/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8820/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8821void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8822 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8823 8824 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8825 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8826 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8827 return; 8828 8829 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8830 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8831 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8832 return; 8833 } 8834 8835 if (NRVOCandidate) 8836 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8837} 8838 8839bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8840 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8841 return false; 8842 8843 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8844 return true; 8845 8846 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8847 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8848 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8849 else 8850 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8851 8852 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8853 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8854 // rest of the file. 8855 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8856} 8857 8858Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8859 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8860 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8861 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8862 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8863 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8864} 8865 8866Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8867 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8868} 8869 8870Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8871 bool IsInstantiation) { 8872 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8873 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8874 if (FunTmpl) 8875 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8876 else 8877 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8878 8879 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8880 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8881 8882 if (FD) { 8883 FD->setBody(Body); 8884 8885 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8886 !FD->isDependentContext()) { 8887 if (FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8888 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 8889 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 8890 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 8891 if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 8892 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 8893 << FD->getResultType(); 8894 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8895 } 8896 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FD, Context.VoidTy); 8897 } 8898 } 8899 8900 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 8901 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 8902 // is the first declaration. 8903 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 8904 if (FD->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 8905 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8906 else if (FD->isInlined() && 8907 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 8908 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 8909 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8910 } 8911 8912 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8913 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8914 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8915 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8916 8917 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8918 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8919 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8920 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8921 8922 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8923 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8924 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8925 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8926 8927 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8928 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8929 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8930 8931 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8932 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8933 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8934 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8935 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8936 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8937 } 8938 8939 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8940 "Function parsing confused"); 8941 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8942 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8943 MD->setBody(Body); 8944 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8945 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8946 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8947 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8948 8949 if (Body) 8950 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8951 } 8952 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8953 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8954 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8955 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8956 } 8957 } else { 8958 return 0; 8959 } 8960 8961 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8962 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8963 "handled in the block above."); 8964 8965 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8966 if (Body) { 8967 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8968 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8969 // Verify this. 8970 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8971 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8972 8973 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8974 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8975 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8976 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8977 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8978 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8979 8980 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8981 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8982 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8983 8984 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8985 Destructor->getParent()); 8986 } 8987 8988 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8989 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8990 // deletion in some later function. 8991 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8992 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8993 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8994 } 8995 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8996 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8997 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8998 // enabled. 8999 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9000 } 9001 9002 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9003 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9004 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9005 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9006 9007 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9008 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9009 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9010 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9011 } 9012 9013 if (!IsInstantiation) 9014 PopDeclContext(); 9015 9016 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9017 9018 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9019 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9020 // deletion in some later function. 9021 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9022 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9023 } 9024 9025 return dcl; 9026} 9027 9028 9029/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9030/// relevant Decl. 9031void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9032 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9033 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9034 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9035 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9036 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9037 9038 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9039 if (Method->isStatic()) 9040 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9041} 9042 9043 9044/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9045/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9046NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9047 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9048 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9049 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9050 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9051 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9052 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 9053 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 9054 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 9055 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 9056 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9057 return Pos->second; 9058 } 9059 9060 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9061 unsigned diag_id; 9062 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9063 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9064 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9065 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9066 else 9067 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9068 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9069 9070 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9071 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9072 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9073 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9074 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9075 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9076 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 9077 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 9078 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 9079 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 9080 9081 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 9082 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 9083 9084 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 9085 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9086 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 9087 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 9088 } 9089 } 9090 9091 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9092 const char *Dummy; 9093 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9094 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9095 unsigned DiagID; 9096 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 9097 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9098 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9099 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9100 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9101 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9102 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9103 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9104 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9105 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9106 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9107 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9108 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9109 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9110 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9111 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9112 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9113 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9114 EST_None, 9115 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9116 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9117 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9118 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9119 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9120 Loc, Loc, D), 9121 DS.getAttributes(), 9122 SourceLocation()); 9123 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9124 9125 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9126 9127 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9128 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9129 9130 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9131 FD->setImplicit(); 9132 9133 CurContext = PrevDC; 9134 9135 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 9136 9137 return FD; 9138} 9139 9140/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 9141/// the declaration of this function. 9142/// 9143/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 9144/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 9145/// like NSLog or printf. 9146/// 9147/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 9148/// attributes are applied to declarations. 9149void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9150 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9151 return; 9152 9153 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 9154 // actual attributes. 9155 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9156 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 9157 unsigned FormatIdx; 9158 bool HasVAListArg; 9159 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 9160 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 9161 const char *fmt = "printf"; 9162 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 9163 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 9164 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9165 fmt = "NSString"; 9166 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9167 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 9168 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9169 } 9170 } 9171 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 9172 HasVAListArg)) { 9173 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9174 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9175 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 9176 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9177 } 9178 9179 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 9180 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 9181 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 9182 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 9183 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 9184 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9185 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9186 } 9187 9188 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 9189 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 9190 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9191 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 9192 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9193 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9194 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9195 } 9196 9197 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 9198 if (!Name) 9199 return; 9200 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9201 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 9202 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 9203 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 9204 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 9205 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 9206 // about. 9207 } else 9208 return; 9209 9210 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 9211 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 9212 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 9213 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9214 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9215 "printf", 2, 9216 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 9217 } 9218 9219 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 9220 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 9221 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 9222 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 9223 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 9224 } 9225} 9226 9227TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 9228 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 9229 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 9230 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 9231 9232 if (!TInfo) { 9233 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 9234 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 9235 } 9236 9237 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 9238 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9239 D.getLocStart(), 9240 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 9241 D.getIdentifier(), 9242 TInfo); 9243 9244 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 9245 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 9246 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 9247 return NewTD; 9248 } 9249 9250 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9251 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9252 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9253 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 9254 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9255 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9256 else 9257 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 9258 } 9259 9260 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 9261 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 9262 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 9263 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 9264 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 9265 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 9266 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 9267 case TST_enum: 9268 case TST_struct: 9269 case TST_interface: 9270 case TST_union: 9271 case TST_class: { 9272 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 9273 9274 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 9275 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 9276 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 9277 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 9278 9279 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 9280 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 9281 9282 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 9283 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 9284 break; 9285 9286 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 9287 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 9288 break; 9289 } 9290 9291 default: 9292 break; 9293 } 9294 9295 return NewTD; 9296} 9297 9298 9299/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 9300bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 9301 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9302 QualType T = TI->getType(); 9303 9304 if (T->isDependentType()) 9305 return false; 9306 9307 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 9308 if (BT->isInteger()) 9309 return false; 9310 9311 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 9312 return true; 9313} 9314 9315/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 9316/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 9317bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 9318 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 9319 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 9320 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 9321 9322 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 9323 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 9324 << Prev->isScoped(); 9325 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9326 return true; 9327 } 9328 9329 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 9330 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 9331 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 9332 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 9333 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 9334 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 9335 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 9336 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9337 return true; 9338 } 9339 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 9340 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 9341 << Prev->isFixed(); 9342 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9343 return true; 9344 } 9345 9346 return false; 9347} 9348 9349/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 9350/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 9351/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 9352/// 9353/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 9354static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 9355 switch (Tag) { 9356 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 9357 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 9358 case TTK_Class: return 2; 9359 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 9360 } 9361} 9362 9363/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 9364/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 9365/// 9366/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 9367static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 9368{ 9369 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 9370} 9371 9372/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 9373/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 9374/// 9375/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 9376bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 9377 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 9378 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 9379 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 9380 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 9381 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 9382 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 9383 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 9384 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 9385 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 9386 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 9387 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 9388 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 9389 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 9390 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 9391 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 9392 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 9393 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 9394 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 9395 if (OldTag == NewTag) 9396 return true; 9397 9398 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 9399 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 9400 bool isTemplate = false; 9401 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 9402 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9403 9404 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9405 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 9406 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 9407 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9408 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9409 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9410 return true; 9411 } 9412 9413 if (isDefinition) { 9414 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 9415 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 9416 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9417 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 9418 return true; 9419 } 9420 9421 bool previousMismatch = false; 9422 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 9423 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 9424 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 9425 if (!previousMismatch) { 9426 previousMismatch = true; 9427 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 9428 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9429 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 9430 } 9431 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9432 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 9433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 9434 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 9435 } 9436 } 9437 return true; 9438 } 9439 9440 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 9441 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 9442 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 9443 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 9444 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 9445 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 9446 return true; 9447 } 9448 9449 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9450 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9451 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9452 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9453 9454 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 9455 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9456 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9457 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 9458 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 9459 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 9460 } 9461 9462 return true; 9463 } 9464 return false; 9465} 9466 9467/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 9468/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 9469/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 9470/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 9471Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 9472 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 9473 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 9474 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 9475 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 9476 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 9477 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 9478 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 9479 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 9480 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 9481 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 9482 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 9483 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 9484 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 9485 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 9486 9487 OwnedDecl = false; 9488 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 9489 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 9490 9491 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 9492 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 9493 bool Invalid = false; 9494 9495 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 9496 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 9497 // for non-C++ cases. 9498 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 9499 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 9500 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 9501 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 9502 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 9503 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9504 TUK == TUK_Friend, 9505 isExplicitSpecialization, 9506 Invalid)) { 9507 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9508 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 9509 return 0; 9510 } 9511 9512 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9513 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 9514 // be a member of another template). 9515 9516 if (Invalid) 9517 return 0; 9518 9519 OwnedDecl = false; 9520 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 9521 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 9522 TemplateParams, AS, 9523 ModulePrivateLoc, 9524 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 9525 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9526 return Result.get(); 9527 } else { 9528 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 9529 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 9530 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 9531 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 9532 } 9533 } 9534 } 9535 9536 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 9537 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 9538 // redeclaration. 9539 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 9540 9541 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9542 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 9543 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 9544 // type, default to int. 9545 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9546 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 9547 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 9548 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 9549 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 9550 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 9551 EnumUnderlying = TI; 9552 9553 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 9554 // Recover by falling back to int. 9555 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9556 9557 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 9558 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 9559 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9560 9561 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9562 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 9563 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9564 } 9565 9566 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 9567 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9568 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 9569 9570 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 9571 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 9572 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 9573 9574 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 9575 9576 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9577 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 9578 9579 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 9580 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 9581 Name = 0; 9582 goto CreateNewDecl; 9583 } 9584 9585 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 9586 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 9587 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9588 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 9589 if (!DC) { 9590 IsDependent = true; 9591 return 0; 9592 } 9593 } else { 9594 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 9595 if (!DC) { 9596 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 9597 << SS.getRange(); 9598 return 0; 9599 } 9600 } 9601 9602 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 9603 return 0; 9604 9605 SearchDC = DC; 9606 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 9607 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 9608 9609 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9610 return 0; 9611 9612 if (Previous.empty()) { 9613 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 9614 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 9615 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 9616 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 9617 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 9618 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 9619 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 9620 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9621 IsDependent = true; 9622 return 0; 9623 } 9624 9625 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 9626 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 9627 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 9628 Name = 0; 9629 Invalid = true; 9630 goto CreateNewDecl; 9631 } 9632 } else if (Name) { 9633 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 9634 // declaration or definition. 9635 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 9636 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 9637 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 9638 LookupName(Previous, S); 9639 9640 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 9641 // by types using'ed into this scope. 9642 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 9643 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 9644 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9645 while (F.hasNext()) { 9646 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9647 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 9648 F.erase(); 9649 } 9650 F.done(); 9651 } 9652 9653 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 9654 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 9655 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 9656 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 9657 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 9658 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 9659 // 9660 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 9661 // semantic context? 9662 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9663 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9664 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9665 while (F.hasNext()) { 9666 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9667 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9668 if (DC->isFileContext() && !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) 9669 F.erase(); 9670 } 9671 F.done(); 9672 } 9673 9674 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 9675 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9676 return 0; 9677 9678 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 9679 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 9680 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 9681 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 9682 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 9683 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 9684 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9685 } 9686 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 9687 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 9688 // initial context to the translation unit. 9689 // FIXME: [citation needed] 9690 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9691 } 9692 9693 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 9694 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 9695 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9696 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9697 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9698 Previous.clear(); 9699 } 9700 9701 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 9702 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 9703 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 9704 isStdBadAlloc = true; 9705 9706 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 9707 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 9708 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 9709 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 9710 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 9711 } 9712 } 9713 9714 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 9715 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 9716 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 9717 // there's a shadow friend decl. 9718 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 9719 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9720 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 9721 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 9722 9723 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9724 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 9725 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 9726 // 9727 // class-key identifier 9728 // 9729 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 9730 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 9731 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 9732 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 9733 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 9734 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 9735 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 9736 // declaration. 9737 // 9738 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 9739 // C structs and unions. 9740 // 9741 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 9742 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 9743 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 9744 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 9745 // 9746 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 9747 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 9748 // 9749 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 9750 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 9751 // lexical context, 9752 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9753 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9754 9755 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 9756 while (S->isClassScope() || 9757 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9758 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9759 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9760 (S->getEntity() && 9761 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9762 S = S->getParent(); 9763 } else { 9764 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9765 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9766 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9767 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9768 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9769 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9770 } 9771 9772 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9773 // diagnose some problems. 9774 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9775 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9776 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9777 } 9778 } 9779 9780 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9781 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9782 9783 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9784 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9785 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9786 // in C++. 9787 // 9788 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9789 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9790 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9791 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9792 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9793 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9794 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9795 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9796 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9797 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9798 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9799 PrevDecl = Tag; 9800 Previous.clear(); 9801 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9802 Previous.resolveKind(); 9803 } 9804 } 9805 } 9806 } 9807 9808 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9809 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9810 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9811 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9812 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9813 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9814 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9815 // struct or something similar. 9816 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9817 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9818 *Name)) { 9819 bool SafeToContinue 9820 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9821 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9822 if (SafeToContinue) 9823 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9824 << Name 9825 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9826 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9827 else 9828 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9829 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9830 9831 if (SafeToContinue) 9832 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9833 else { 9834 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9835 Name = 0; 9836 Previous.clear(); 9837 Invalid = true; 9838 } 9839 } 9840 9841 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9842 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9843 9844 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9845 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9846 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9847 if (ScopedEnum) 9848 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9849 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9850 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9851 return PrevTagDecl; 9852 } 9853 9854 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9855 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9856 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9857 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9858 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9859 9860 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9861 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9862 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9863 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9864 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9865 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9866 } 9867 9868 if (!Invalid) { 9869 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9870 9871 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9872 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9873 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9874 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9875 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9876 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9877 return PrevTagDecl; 9878 9879 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9880 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9881 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9882 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9883 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9884 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9885 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9886 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9887 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9888 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9889 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9890 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9891 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9892 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9893 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9894 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9895 } 9896 9897 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9898 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9899 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9900 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9901 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9902 else 9903 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9904 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9905 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9906 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9907 // references get the previous definition. 9908 Name = 0; 9909 Previous.clear(); 9910 Invalid = true; 9911 } 9912 } else { 9913 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9914 // about a nested redefinition. 9915 const TagType *Tag 9916 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9917 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9918 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9919 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9920 diag::note_previous_definition); 9921 Name = 0; 9922 Previous.clear(); 9923 Invalid = true; 9924 } 9925 } 9926 9927 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9928 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9929 } 9930 } 9931 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9932 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9933 9934 } else { 9935 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9936 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9937 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9938 // have distinct types. 9939 Previous.clear(); 9940 } 9941 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9942 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9943 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9944 9945 9946 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9947 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9948 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9949 } else { 9950 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9951 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9952 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9953 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9954 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9955 unsigned Kind = 0; 9956 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9957 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9958 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9959 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9960 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9961 Invalid = true; 9962 9963 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9964 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9965 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9966 // do nothing 9967 9968 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9969 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9970 unsigned Kind = 0; 9971 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9972 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9973 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9974 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9975 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9976 Invalid = true; 9977 9978 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9979 // case here. 9980 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9981 unsigned Kind = 0; 9982 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9983 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9984 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9985 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9986 Invalid = true; 9987 9988 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9989 } else { 9990 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9991 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9992 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9993 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9994 Name = 0; 9995 Invalid = true; 9996 } 9997 9998 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9999 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10000 Previous.clear(); 10001 } 10002 } 10003 10004CreateNewDecl: 10005 10006 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10007 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10008 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10009 10010 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10011 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10012 // keyword. 10013 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10014 10015 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10016 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10017 // PrevDecl. 10018 TagDecl *New; 10019 10020 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10021 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10022 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10023 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10024 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10025 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10026 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10027 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10028 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10029 TagDecl *Def; 10030 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10031 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10032 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10033 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10034 } 10035 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10036 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10037 << New; 10038 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10039 } else { 10040 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10041 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10042 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10043 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10044 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10045 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10046 10047 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10048 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10049 // the declaration context. 10050 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10051 IsForwardReference = true; 10052 } 10053 } 10054 10055 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10056 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10057 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10058 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10059 else 10060 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10061 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10062 } 10063 10064 } else { 10065 // struct/union/class 10066 10067 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10068 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10069 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10070 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10071 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10072 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10073 10074 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10075 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10076 } else 10077 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10078 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10079 } 10080 10081 // Maybe add qualifier info. 10082 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10083 if (SS.isSet()) { 10084 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 10085 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 10086 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 10087 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 10088 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 10089 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 10090 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 10091 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 10092 Invalid = true; 10093 10094 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 10095 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 10096 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 10097 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 10098 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10099 } 10100 } 10101 else 10102 Invalid = true; 10103 } 10104 10105 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 10106 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 10107 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 10108 // 10109 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 10110 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 10111 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 10112 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 10113 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 10114 // parsing of the struct). 10115 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10116 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 10117 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 10118 } 10119 } 10120 10121 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 10122 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 10123 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 10124 << 2 10125 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 10126 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 10127 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 10128 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 10129 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10130 New->setModulePrivate(); 10131 } 10132 10133 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 10134 // check the specialization. 10135 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 10136 Invalid = true; 10137 10138 if (Invalid) 10139 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10140 10141 if (Attr) 10142 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10143 10144 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 10145 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 10146 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10147 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10148 10149 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 10150 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 10151 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10152 10153 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 10154 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 10155 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 10156 // the tag name visible. 10157 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 10158 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 10159 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 10160 10161 // Set the access specifier. 10162 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 10163 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 10164 10165 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 10166 New->startDefinition(); 10167 10168 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10169 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10170 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 10171 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 10172 if (PrevDecl) 10173 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 10174 10175 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10176 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10177 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 10178 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 10179 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 10180 } else if (Name) { 10181 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10182 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 10183 if (IsForwardReference) 10184 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10185 10186 } else { 10187 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10188 } 10189 10190 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 10191 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 10192 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 10193 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 10194 II->isStr("FILE")) 10195 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 10196 10197 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 10198 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 10199 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10200 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 10201 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 10202 10203 if (PrevDecl) 10204 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 10205 10206 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10207 // record. 10208 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 10209 10210 OwnedDecl = true; 10211 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 10212 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 10213 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 10214} 10215 10216void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10217 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10218 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10219 10220 // Enter the tag context. 10221 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 10222 10223 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 10224 10225 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10226 // record. 10227 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 10228} 10229 10230Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 10231 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 10232 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 10233 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 10234 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 10235 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 10236 CurContext = OCD; 10237 return IDecl; 10238} 10239 10240void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10241 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 10242 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 10243 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10244 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 10245 10246 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 10247 10248 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 10249 return; 10250 10251 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 10252 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 10253 10254 // C++ [class]p2: 10255 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 10256 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 10257 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 10258 // as if it were a public member name. 10259 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 10260 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 10261 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 10262 Record->getIdentifier(), 10263 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 10264 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 10265 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 10266 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 10267 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 10268 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 10269 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 10270 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 10271 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 10272 "Broken injected-class-name"); 10273} 10274 10275void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10276 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 10277 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10278 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10279 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 10280 10281 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10282 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10283 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 10284 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10285 RD->completeDefinition(); 10286 } 10287 10288 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 10289 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 10290 10291 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 10292 PopDeclContext(); 10293 10294 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10295 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10296 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 10297 10298 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 10299 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 10300} 10301 10302void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 10303 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 10304 PopDeclContext(); 10305} 10306 10307void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10308 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 10309 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 10310 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 10311} 10312 10313void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10314 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 10315 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 10316} 10317 10318void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10319 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10320 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10321 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 10322 10323 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10324 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10325 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10326 RD->completeDefinition(); 10327 } 10328 10329 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 10330 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 10331 // the FieldCollector. 10332 10333 PopDeclContext(); 10334} 10335 10336// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 10337ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 10338 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 10339 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 10340 bool *ZeroWidth) { 10341 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 10342 if (ZeroWidth) 10343 *ZeroWidth = true; 10344 10345 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 10346 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 10347 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10348 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 10349 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 10350 return ExprError(); 10351 if (FieldName) 10352 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 10353 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10354 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 10355 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10356 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 10357 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 10358 return ExprError(); 10359 10360 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 10361 // it now. 10362 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 10363 return Owned(BitWidth); 10364 10365 llvm::APSInt Value; 10366 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 10367 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 10368 return ICE; 10369 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 10370 10371 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 10372 *ZeroWidth = false; 10373 10374 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 10375 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 10376 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 10377 10378 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 10379 if (FieldName) 10380 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10381 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 10382 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10383 << Value.toString(10); 10384 } 10385 10386 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 10387 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 10388 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 10389 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10390 if (FieldName) 10391 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10392 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10393 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10394 10395 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10396 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10397 } 10398 10399 if (FieldName) 10400 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10401 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10402 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10403 else 10404 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10405 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10406 } 10407 } 10408 10409 return Owned(BitWidth); 10410} 10411 10412/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 10413/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 10414Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 10415 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 10416 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 10417 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 10418 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 10419 return Res; 10420} 10421 10422/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 10423/// 10424FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 10425 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10426 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 10427 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10428 AccessSpecifier AS) { 10429 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10430 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10431 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10432 10433 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10434 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10435 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10436 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10437 10438 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 10439 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 10440 D.setInvalidType(); 10441 T = Context.IntTy; 10442 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 10443 } 10444 } 10445 10446 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 10447 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 10448 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 10449 D.setInvalidType(); 10450 } 10451 10452 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 10453 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 10454 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 10455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 10456 D.setInvalidType(); 10457 } 10458 10459 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 10460 10461 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10462 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10463 diag::err_invalid_thread) 10464 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10465 10466 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 10467 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10468 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 10469 LookupName(Previous, S); 10470 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 10471 case LookupResult::Found: 10472 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 10473 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 10474 break; 10475 10476 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 10477 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10478 break; 10479 10480 case LookupResult::NotFound: 10481 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 10482 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 10483 break; 10484 } 10485 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 10486 10487 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10488 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10489 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10490 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10491 PrevDecl = 0; 10492 } 10493 10494 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 10495 PrevDecl = 0; 10496 10497 bool Mutable 10498 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 10499 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 10500 FieldDecl *NewFD 10501 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 10502 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 10503 10504 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10505 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10506 10507 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10508 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 10509 10510 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 10511 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 10512 // with the same name in the same scope. 10513 } else if (II) { 10514 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 10515 } else 10516 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 10517 10518 return NewFD; 10519} 10520 10521/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 10522/// 10523/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 10524/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 10525/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 10526/// created. 10527/// 10528/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 10529/// 10530/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 10531FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 10532 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 10533 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 10534 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 10535 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10536 SourceLocation TSSL, 10537 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 10538 Declarator *D) { 10539 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 10540 bool InvalidDecl = false; 10541 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 10542 10543 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 10544 // marking this declaration as invalid. 10545 if (T.isNull()) { 10546 InvalidDecl = true; 10547 T = Context.IntTy; 10548 } 10549 10550 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 10551 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10552 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10553 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 10554 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10555 InvalidDecl = true; 10556 } else { 10557 NamedDecl *Def; 10558 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 10559 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 10560 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10561 InvalidDecl = true; 10562 } 10563 } 10564 } 10565 10566 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 10567 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10568 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 10569 InvalidDecl = true; 10570 } 10571 10572 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10573 // than a variably modified type. 10574 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10575 bool SizeIsNegative; 10576 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 10577 10578 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 10579 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 10580 SizeIsNegative, 10581 Oversized); 10582 if (FixedTInfo) { 10583 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 10584 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 10585 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 10586 } else { 10587 if (SizeIsNegative) 10588 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 10589 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 10590 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 10591 << Oversized.toString(10); 10592 else 10593 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 10594 InvalidDecl = true; 10595 } 10596 } 10597 10598 // Fields can not have abstract class types 10599 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 10600 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10601 AbstractFieldType)) 10602 InvalidDecl = true; 10603 10604 bool ZeroWidth = false; 10605 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 10606 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 10607 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 10608 if (!BitWidth) { 10609 InvalidDecl = true; 10610 BitWidth = 0; 10611 ZeroWidth = false; 10612 } 10613 } 10614 10615 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 10616 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 10617 unsigned DiagID = 0; 10618 if (T->isReferenceType()) 10619 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 10620 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 10621 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 10622 10623 if (DiagID) { 10624 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 10625 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 10626 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 10627 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 10628 Mutable = false; 10629 InvalidDecl = true; 10630 } 10631 } 10632 10633 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 10634 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 10635 if (InvalidDecl) 10636 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10637 10638 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10639 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10640 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10641 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10642 } 10643 10644 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10645 if (Record->isUnion()) { 10646 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10647 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10648 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10649 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 10650 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 10651 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 10652 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 10653 // objects. 10654 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 10655 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10656 } 10657 } 10658 10659 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 10660 // the program is ill-formed. 10661 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 10662 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 10663 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 10664 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10665 } 10666 } 10667 } 10668 10669 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 10670 // representation, not a parser representation. 10671 if (D) { 10672 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 10673 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 10674 10675 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 10676 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 10677 } 10678 10679 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 10680 // retainable type. 10681 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 10682 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10683 10684 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 10685 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 10686 10687 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 10688 return NewFD; 10689} 10690 10691bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 10692 assert(FD); 10693 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 10694 10695 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10696 return true; 10697 10698 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10699 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10700 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10701 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10702 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 10703 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 10704 // copy constructors. 10705 10706 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 10707 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 10708 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 10709 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 10710 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 10711 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 10712 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10713 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 10714 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 10715 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 10716 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10717 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 10718 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 10719 member = CXXDestructor; 10720 10721 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 10722 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10723 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 10724 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 10725 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 10726 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 10727 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 10728 // members unavailable. 10729 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 10730 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 10731 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 10732 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 10733 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10734 return false; 10735 } 10736 } 10737 10738 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 10739 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 10740 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 10741 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 10742 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 10743 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 10744 } 10745 } 10746 } 10747 10748 return false; 10749} 10750 10751/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10752/// AST enum value. 10753static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10754TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10755 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10756 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10757 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10758 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10759 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10760 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10761 } 10762} 10763 10764/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10765/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10766Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10767 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10768 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10769 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10770 10771 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10772 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10773 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10774 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10775 10776 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10777 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10778 10779 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10780 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10781 10782 if (BitWidth) { 10783 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10784 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10785 if (!BitWidth) 10786 D.setInvalidType(); 10787 } else { 10788 // Not a bitfield. 10789 10790 // validate II. 10791 10792 } 10793 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10794 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10795 D.setInvalidType(); 10796 } 10797 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10798 // than a variably modified type. 10799 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10800 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10801 D.setInvalidType(); 10802 } 10803 10804 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10805 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10806 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10807 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10808 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 10809 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 10810 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10811 return 0; 10812 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10813 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10814 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10815 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10816 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10817 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10818 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10819 } 10820 else 10821 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10822 } else { 10823 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10824 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10825 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10826 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10827 return 0; 10828 } 10829 } 10830 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10831 } 10832 10833 // Construct the decl. 10834 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10835 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10836 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10837 10838 if (II) { 10839 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10840 ForRedeclaration); 10841 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10842 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10843 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10844 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10845 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10846 } 10847 } 10848 10849 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10850 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10851 10852 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10853 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10854 10855 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10856 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10857 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10858 10859 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10860 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10861 10862 if (II) { 10863 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10864 // these to the interface. 10865 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10866 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10867 } 10868 10869 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10870 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10871 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10872 10873 return NewID; 10874} 10875 10876/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10877/// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 10878/// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10879/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10880void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10881 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10882 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10883 return; 10884 10885 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10886 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10887 10888 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10889 return; 10890 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10891 if (!ID) { 10892 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10893 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10894 return; 10895 } 10896 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10897 else 10898 return; 10899 } 10900 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10901 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10902 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10903 10904 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10905 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10906 Context.CharTy, 10907 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10908 DeclLoc), 10909 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10910 true); 10911 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10912} 10913 10914void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10915 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10916 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10917 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10918 AttributeList *Attr) { 10919 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10920 10921 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10922 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10923 // it will now change. 10924 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10925 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10926 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10927 default: break; 10928 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10929 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10930 break; 10931 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10932 Context. 10933 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10934 break; 10935 } 10936 } 10937 10938 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10939 10940 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10941 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10942 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10943 if (Record) { 10944 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10945 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10946 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10947 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10948 ++NumNamedMembers; 10949 } 10950 } 10951 10952 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10953 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10954 10955 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10956 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10957 i != end; ++i) { 10958 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10959 10960 // Get the type for the field. 10961 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10962 10963 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10964 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10965 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10966 } 10967 10968 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10969 // diagnostics about it. 10970 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10971 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10972 continue; 10973 } 10974 10975 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10976 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10977 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10978 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10979 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10980 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10981 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10982 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10983 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10984 // array. 10985 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10986 // Field declared as a function. 10987 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10988 << FD->getDeclName(); 10989 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10990 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10991 continue; 10992 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10993 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10994 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10995 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10996 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10997 // Flexible array member. 10998 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10999 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11000 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11001 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 11002 if (Record->isUnion()) 11003 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 11004 << FD->getDeclName(); 11005 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11006 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 11007 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11008 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11009 if (Record->isUnion()) 11010 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11011 << FD->getDeclName(); 11012 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11013 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 11014 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11015 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 11016 if (Record->isUnion()) 11017 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11018 << FD->getDeclName(); 11019 else 11020 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 11021 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11022 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 11023 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 11024 << FD->getDeclName(); 11025 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11026 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11027 continue; 11028 } 11029 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 11030 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 11031 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 11032 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11033 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11034 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11035 continue; 11036 } 11037 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11038 if (Record) 11039 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11040 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11041 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11042 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11043 // Incomplete type 11044 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11045 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11046 continue; 11047 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11048 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11049 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11050 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11051 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11052 } else { 11053 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11054 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11055 // structures. 11056 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11057 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11058 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11059 else { 11060 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 11061 // other structs as an extension. 11062 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 11063 << FD->getDeclName(); 11064 if (Record) 11065 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11066 } 11067 } 11068 } 11069 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 11070 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11071 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11072 AbstractIvarType)) { 11073 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 11074 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11075 } 11076 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11077 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11078 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 11079 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11080 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 11081 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 11082 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 11083 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 11084 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 11085 FD->setType(T); 11086 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 11087 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 11088 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 11089 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 11090 // so we just make the field unavailable. 11091 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 11092 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 11093 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11094 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 11095 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 11096 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 11097 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 11098 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 11099 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 11100 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11101 } 11102 } else { 11103 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 11104 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 11105 } 11106 ARCErrReported = true; 11107 } 11108 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11109 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 11110 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 11111 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11112 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 11113 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11114 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 11115 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11116 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 11117 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11118 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11119 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11120 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 11121 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11122 } 11123 } 11124 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 11125 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11126 // Keep track of the number of named members. 11127 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 11128 ++NumNamedMembers; 11129 } 11130 11131 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 11132 if (Record) { 11133 bool Completed = false; 11134 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 11135 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 11136 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 11137 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 11138 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 11139 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 11140 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 11141 11142 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 11143 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 11144 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 11145 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 11146 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11147 11148 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 11149 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 11150 11151 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 11152 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 11153 // problem now. 11154 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 11155 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 11156 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 11157 11158 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 11159 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 11160 M != MEnd; ++M) { 11161 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 11162 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 11163 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 11164 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 11165 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 11166 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 11167 continue; 11168 11169 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 11170 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 11171 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 11172 // program is ill-formed. 11173 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 11174 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 11175 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 11176 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 11177 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 11178 OM = SO->second.begin(), 11179 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 11180 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 11181 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 11182 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 11183 11184 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11185 } 11186 } 11187 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 11188 Completed = true; 11189 } 11190 } 11191 } 11192 } 11193 11194 if (!Completed) 11195 Record->completeDefinition(); 11196 11197 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 11198 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 11199 } else { 11200 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 11201 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 11202 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11203 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 11204 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 11205 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11206 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 11207 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11208 } 11209 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 11210 // duplicates. 11211 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 11212 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 11213 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11214 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11215 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 11216 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 11217 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 11218 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 11219 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 11220 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 11221 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11222 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11223 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11224 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11225 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 11226 // reported as errors elsewhere. 11227 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 11228 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 11229 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 11230 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 11231 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 11232 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11233 if (IDecl) { 11234 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 11235 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11236 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11237 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11238 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11239 continue; 11240 } 11241 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 11242 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 11243 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 11244 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 11245 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 11246 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11247 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11248 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11249 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11250 continue; 11251 } 11252 } 11253 } 11254 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 11255 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11256 } 11257 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11258 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11259 } 11260 } 11261 11262 if (Attr) 11263 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 11264} 11265 11266/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 11267/// the given type T. 11268static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 11269 llvm::APSInt &Value, 11270 QualType T) { 11271 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11272 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 11273 11274 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 11275 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 11276 --BitWidth; 11277 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 11278 } 11279 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 11280} 11281 11282// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 11283// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 11284static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 11285 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 11286 // enum checking below. 11287 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11288 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 11289 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11290 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 11291 }; 11292 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11293 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 11294 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 11295 }; 11296 11297 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 11298 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 11299 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 11300 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 11301 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 11302 return Types[I]; 11303 11304 return QualType(); 11305} 11306 11307EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 11308 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 11309 SourceLocation IdLoc, 11310 IdentifierInfo *Id, 11311 Expr *Val) { 11312 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11313 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 11314 QualType EltTy; 11315 11316 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 11317 Val = 0; 11318 11319 if (Val) 11320 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 11321 11322 if (Val) { 11323 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 11324 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11325 else { 11326 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 11327 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 11328 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11329 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 11330 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 11331 // constant expression of the underlying type. 11332 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11333 ExprResult Converted = 11334 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 11335 CCEK_Enumerator); 11336 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 11337 Val = 0; 11338 else 11339 Val = Converted.take(); 11340 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 11341 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 11342 &EnumVal).take())) { 11343 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 11344 } else { 11345 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11346 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11347 11348 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 11349 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 11350 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 11351 // expression checking. 11352 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11353 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11354 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11355 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11356 } else 11357 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11358 } else 11359 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11360 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11361 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 11362 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11363 // is the type of its initializing value: 11364 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 11365 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 11366 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11367 } else { 11368 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 11369 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 11370 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 11371 // representable as an int. 11372 11373 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 11374 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 11375 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11376 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 11377 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 11378 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 11379 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 11380 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11381 } 11382 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11383 } 11384 } 11385 } 11386 } 11387 11388 if (!Val) { 11389 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 11390 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11391 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 11392 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11393 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11394 // is the type of its initializing value: 11395 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 11396 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 11397 // 11398 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 11399 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 11400 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11401 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11402 } 11403 else { 11404 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 11405 } 11406 } else { 11407 // Assign the last value + 1. 11408 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11409 ++EnumVal; 11410 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 11411 11412 // Check for overflow on increment. 11413 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 11414 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11415 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11416 // is the type of its initializing value: 11417 // 11418 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 11419 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 11420 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 11421 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 11422 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 11423 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 11424 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 11425 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 11426 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 11427 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 11428 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11429 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 11430 ++EnumVal; 11431 if (Enum->isFixed()) 11432 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 11433 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 11434 << EnumVal.toString(10) 11435 << EltTy; 11436 else 11437 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 11438 << EnumVal.toString(10); 11439 } else { 11440 EltTy = T; 11441 } 11442 11443 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 11444 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 11445 // value, then increment. 11446 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11447 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11448 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11449 ++EnumVal; 11450 11451 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 11452 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 11453 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 11454 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 11455 // integral type. 11456 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 11457 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 11458 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11459 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11460 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 11461 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11462 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 11463 } 11464 } 11465 } 11466 11467 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11468 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 11469 // enumerator's type. 11470 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11471 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11472 } 11473 11474 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 11475 Val, EnumVal); 11476} 11477 11478 11479Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 11480 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 11481 AttributeList *Attr, 11482 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 11483 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 11484 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 11485 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 11486 11487 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 11488 // we find one that is. 11489 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11490 11491 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 11492 // scope. 11493 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 11494 ForRedeclaration); 11495 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11496 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11497 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 11498 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11499 PrevDecl = 0; 11500 } 11501 11502 if (PrevDecl) { 11503 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 11504 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 11505 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 11506 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 11507 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 11508 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11509 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 11510 else 11511 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 11512 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11513 return 0; 11514 } 11515 } 11516 11517 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 11518 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 11519 // different from T: 11520 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 11521 // enumerated type 11522 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 11523 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 11524 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 11525 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 11526 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 11527 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 11528 11529 EnumConstantDecl *New = 11530 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 11531 11532 if (New) { 11533 // Process attributes. 11534 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11535 11536 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 11537 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 11538 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 11539 } 11540 11541 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 11542 11543 return New; 11544} 11545 11546// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 11547// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 11548// Element2 = Element1 11549// Element2 = Element1 + 1 11550// Element2 = Element1 - 1 11551// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 11552static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 11553 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 11554 if (!InitExpr) 11555 return true; 11556 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 11557 11558 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 11559 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 11560 return true; 11561 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 11562 if (!IL) 11563 return true; 11564 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 11565 return true; 11566 11567 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 11568 } 11569 11570 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 11571 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 11572 if (!DRE) 11573 return true; 11574 11575 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 11576 if (!EnumConstant) 11577 return true; 11578 11579 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 11580 Enum) 11581 return true; 11582 11583 return false; 11584} 11585 11586struct DupKey { 11587 int64_t val; 11588 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 11589 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 11590 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 11591}; 11592 11593static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 11594 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 11595 false); 11596} 11597 11598struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 11599 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 11600 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 11601 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 11602 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 11603 } 11604 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 11605 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 11606 LHS.val == RHS.val; 11607 } 11608}; 11609 11610// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 11611// a previous element has already been set to. 11612static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11613 EnumDecl *Enum, 11614 QualType EnumType) { 11615 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 11616 Enum->getLocation()) == 11617 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 11618 return; 11619 // Avoid anonymous enums 11620 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 11621 return; 11622 11623 // Only check for small enums. 11624 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 11625 return; 11626 11627 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 11628 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 11629 11630 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 11631 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 11632 ValueToVectorMap; 11633 11634 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 11635 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 11636 11637 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 11638 // an initialier. 11639 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11640 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11641 11642 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 11643 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 11644 if (!ECD) { 11645 return; 11646 } 11647 11648 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 11649 continue; 11650 11651 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11652 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11653 11654 // First time encountering this value. 11655 if (Entry.isNull()) 11656 Entry = ECD; 11657 } 11658 11659 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 11660 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11661 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11662 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 11663 continue; 11664 11665 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11666 11667 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11668 if (Entry.isNull()) 11669 continue; 11670 11671 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 11672 // Ensure constants are different. 11673 if (D == ECD) 11674 continue; 11675 11676 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 11677 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 11678 Vec->push_back(D); 11679 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11680 11681 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 11682 Entry = Vec; 11683 11684 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 11685 // diagnostics. 11686 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 11687 continue; 11688 } 11689 11690 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 11691 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 11692 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 11693 continue; 11694 11695 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11696 } 11697 11698 // Emit diagnostics. 11699 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 11700 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 11701 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 11702 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 11703 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 11704 11705 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 11706 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 11707 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 11708 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11709 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11710 ++I; 11711 11712 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 11713 // the same value. 11714 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 11715 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 11716 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11717 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11718 delete Vec; 11719 } 11720} 11721 11722void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 11723 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 11724 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11725 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 11726 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 11727 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 11728 11729 if (Attr) 11730 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 11731 11732 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 11733 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11734 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11735 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11736 if (!ECD) continue; 11737 11738 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11739 } 11740 11741 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 11742 return; 11743 } 11744 11745 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 11746 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 11747 // emit a warning. 11748 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11749 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 11750 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 11751 11752 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 11753 // reverse the list. 11754 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 11755 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 11756 11757 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 11758 bool AllElementsInt = true; 11759 11760 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11761 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11762 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11763 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11764 11765 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11766 11767 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 11768 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 11769 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 11770 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 11771 else 11772 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 11773 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 11774 11775 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 11776 if (AllElementsInt) 11777 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 11778 } 11779 11780 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 11781 QualType BestType; 11782 unsigned BestWidth; 11783 11784 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 11785 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 11786 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 11787 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 11788 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 11789 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 11790 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 11791 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 11792 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 11793 QualType BestPromotionType; 11794 11795 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 11796 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 11797 // enum definitions. 11798 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 11799 Packed = true; 11800 11801 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11802 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11803 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 11804 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 11805 else 11806 BestPromotionType = BestType; 11807 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 11808 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 11809 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 11810 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11811 } 11812 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 11813 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 11814 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 11815 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11816 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 11817 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 11818 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11819 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11820 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11821 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11822 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11823 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11824 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11825 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11826 } else { 11827 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11828 11829 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11830 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11831 } else { 11832 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11833 11834 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11835 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11836 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11837 } 11838 } 11839 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11840 } else { 11841 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11842 // all of the enumerator values. 11843 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11844 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11845 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11846 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11847 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11848 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11849 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11850 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11851 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11852 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11853 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11854 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11855 BestPromotionType 11856 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11857 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11858 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11859 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11860 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11861 BestPromotionType 11862 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11863 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11864 } else { 11865 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11866 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11867 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11868 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11869 BestPromotionType 11870 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11871 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11872 } 11873 } 11874 11875 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11876 // the type of the enum if needed. 11877 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11878 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11879 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11880 11881 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11882 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11883 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11884 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11885 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11886 11887 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11888 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11889 11890 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11891 // the enum decl type. 11892 QualType NewTy; 11893 unsigned NewWidth; 11894 bool NewSign; 11895 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11896 !Enum->isFixed() && 11897 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11898 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11899 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11900 NewSign = true; 11901 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11902 // Already the right type! 11903 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11904 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11905 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11906 // enumeration. 11907 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11908 continue; 11909 } else { 11910 NewTy = BestType; 11911 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11912 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11913 } 11914 11915 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11916 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11917 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11918 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11919 11920 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11921 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11922 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11923 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11924 CK_IntegralCast, 11925 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11926 /*base paths*/ 0, 11927 VK_RValue)); 11928 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11929 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11930 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11931 // enumeration. 11932 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11933 else 11934 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11935 } 11936 11937 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11938 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11939 11940 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11941 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11942 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11943 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11944 11945 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 11946 11947 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 11948 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 11949 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 11950} 11951 11952Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11953 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11954 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11955 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11956 11957 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11958 AsmString, StartLoc, 11959 EndLoc); 11960 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11961 return New; 11962} 11963 11964DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11965 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11966 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11967 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11968 Module::AllVisible, 11969 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11970 if (!Mod) 11971 return true; 11972 11973 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11974 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11975 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11976 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11977 // We need the length to be consistent. 11978 if (!ModCheck) 11979 break; 11980 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11981 11982 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11983 } 11984 11985 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11986 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11987 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11988 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11989 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11990 return Import; 11991} 11992 11993void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 11994 // Create the implicit import declaration. 11995 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11996 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 11997 Loc, Mod, Loc); 11998 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 11999 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 12000 12001 // Make the module visible. 12002 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 12003 /*Complain=*/false); 12004} 12005 12006void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12007 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12008 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12009 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12010 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12011 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 12012 LookupOrdinaryName); 12013 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 12014 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 12015 12016 if (PrevDecl) 12017 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 12018 else 12019 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12020 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 12021} 12022 12023void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12024 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12025 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12026 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 12027 12028 if (PrevDecl) { 12029 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 12030 } else { 12031 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12032 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 12033 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 12034 } 12035} 12036 12037void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12038 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12039 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12040 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12041 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12042 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 12043 LookupOrdinaryName); 12044 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 12045 12046 if (PrevDecl) { 12047 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 12048 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12049 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 12050 } else { 12051 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12052 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 12053 } 12054} 12055 12056Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 12057 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 12058} 12059 12060AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 12061 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 12062 return D->getAvailability(); 12063} 12064